[go: up one dir, main page]

TW201806600A - Combination of BCL-2 inhibitor and MCL1 inhibitor, use thereof and pharmaceutical composition - Google Patents

Combination of BCL-2 inhibitor and MCL1 inhibitor, use thereof and pharmaceutical composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201806600A
TW201806600A TW106124599A TW106124599A TW201806600A TW 201806600 A TW201806600 A TW 201806600A TW 106124599 A TW106124599 A TW 106124599A TW 106124599 A TW106124599 A TW 106124599A TW 201806600 A TW201806600 A TW 201806600A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
branched
alkyl
group
inhibitor
straight
Prior art date
Application number
TW106124599A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI759316B (en
Inventor
安德魯 魏
多妮亞 穆舟歐德
喬凡娜 普米力歐
安娜 萊蒂西亞 莫雷葛諾
奧莉薇 居內斯特
奧黛莉 克拉伯龍
海科 馬艾克
安薩 哈利洛維奇
戴爾 波特
艾立克 莫利斯
幼真 王
斯納 桑海維
普拉卡什 米斯崔
Original Assignee
法商施維雅藥廠
瑞士商諾華公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 法商施維雅藥廠, 瑞士商諾華公司 filed Critical 法商施維雅藥廠
Publication of TW201806600A publication Critical patent/TW201806600A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI759316B publication Critical patent/TWI759316B/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/47Quinolines; Isoquinolines
    • A61K31/4709Non-condensed quinolines and containing further heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/407Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with other heterocyclic ring systems, e.g. ketorolac, physostigmine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/435Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • A61K31/4353Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems
    • A61K31/436Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic ring systems the heterocyclic ring system containing a six-membered ring having oxygen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. rapamycin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/495Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
    • A61K31/505Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
    • A61K31/519Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/55Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having seven-membered rings, e.g. azelastine, pentylenetetrazole
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/66Phosphorus compounds
    • A61K31/675Phosphorus compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. pyridoxal phosphate
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

A combination comprising a BCL-2 inhibitor and a MCL1 inhibitor, and compositions and uses thereof.

Description

BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑之組合、其用途及醫藥組合物Combination of BCL-2 inhibitor and MCL1 inhibitor, its use and pharmaceutical composition

本發明係關於一種BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑之組合。本發明亦關於一種該組合在治療癌症中的用途,特定言之,白血病、淋巴瘤、多發性骨髓瘤、神經母細胞瘤及肺癌,且更尤其,急性骨髓白血病、T細胞急性淋巴母細胞白血病、B細胞急性淋巴母細胞白血病、套細胞淋巴瘤、彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤及小細胞肺癌。亦提供適用於投與該等組合之醫藥調配物。The present invention relates to a combination of a BCL-2 inhibitor and an MCL1 inhibitor. The invention also relates to the use of the combination in the treatment of cancer, in particular, leukemia, lymphoma, multiple myeloma, neuroblastoma and lung cancer, and more particularly, acute myeloid leukemia, T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia , B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia, mantle cell lymphoma, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma and small cell lung cancer. Pharmaceutical formulations suitable for administering such combinations are also provided.

細胞凋亡係藉由各種細胞毒性刺激起始之高度調節的細胞死亡路徑,包括致癌壓力及化學治療劑。已表明,逃避細胞凋亡係癌症之特點且多種化學治療劑之療效視固有粒線體路徑的活化而定。BCL-2家族蛋白質之3個相異子群控制固有細胞凋亡路徑: (i) 僅促凋亡BH3 (BCL-2同源3)蛋白質;(ii) 促存活成員,諸如BCL-2自身、BCL-XL、Bcl-w、MCL1及BCL-2a1;及(iii) 促凋亡效應子蛋白質BAX及BAK (Czabotar等人,Nature Reviews Molecular cell biology 2014第15卷:49-63)。在多種癌症中觀測到BCL-2家族之抗凋亡成員的過度表現,特定言之在血液惡性病中,諸如套細胞淋巴瘤(MCL)、濾泡性淋巴瘤/彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(FL/D)及多發性骨髓瘤中(Adams及CoryOncogene 2007第26卷:1324-1337)。近來研發之BH3模擬藥物(諸如ABT-199及ABT-263)對抗凋亡蛋白質BCL-2、BCL-XL及Bcl-w的藥理學抑制成為治療性策略,以誘使細胞凋亡及導致癌症中的腫瘤消退(Zhang等人,Drug Resist Updat 2007第10卷(6):207-17)。儘管如此,已觀測且研究此等藥物的耐受性機制(Choudhary GS等人,Cell Death and Disease 2015第6卷,e1593;doi:10.1038/cddis.2014.525)。 急性骨髓白血病(AML)係由造血幹細胞之純系轉型引起的快速致命血癌,其導致正常骨髓功能的麻痹及因嚴重全部血球減少症之併發症所致的死亡。AML占所有成人白血病之25%,其中最高發病率發生在美國、澳大利亞及歐洲(WHO. GLOBOCAN 2012,2012年世界範圍內估算癌症發病率、死亡率及患病率,國際癌症研究機構)。在全球範圍內,每年大致有88,000個新診斷案例。AML維持所有白血病之最低存活率,僅24%預期有5年的存活期。儘管40多年前早已構思用於AML之標準療法(阿糖胞苷(cytarabine)結合蒽環黴素(anthracycline)),但此疾病之成功靶向療法的引入仍為難以實現的目標。此外,對於患有AML的患者而言,仍需要一種無化學療法的治療選擇。自此疾病實現發展成為多純系層次,AML之靶向療法的構思已受妨礙,其中白血病次純系之快速過度生長成為抗藥性及疾病復發的主要原因(Ding L等人,Nature 2012 481:506-10)。最新臨床研究已表明BCL-2抑制劑在治療AML中的療效(Konopleva M等人,American Society of Hematology 2014:118)。儘管此等抑制劑臨床上起作用,但很可能將需要靶向其他BCL-2家族成員以增強對AML的整體療效。除了BCL-2之外,MCL1亦被鑑定為AML中細胞存活之重要的調節因子(Glaser SP等人,Genes & development 2012 26:120-5)。 多發性骨髓瘤(MM)係罕見且不可治癒的疾病,其特徵為骨髓(BM)中之純系漿細胞的積聚,且占所有血液惡性病之10%。在歐洲,每年大致有27,800個新案例。近年來,由於可利用包括硼替佐米(bortezomib)及來那度胺(lenalidomide)之新藥劑,及自體幹細胞移植(ASCT),存活率得到提高。然而,對此等新藥劑的反應常常係不持久的,且其成為需要新治療的一種跡象,尤其對於復發/難治癒患者以及具有不利預後(不利細胞遺傳學特徵)之患者而言。近來研究表明BCL-2抑制劑在多發性骨髓瘤患者之子群中具有可行的活性(Touzeau C, Dousset C, Le Gouill S等人,Leukemia . 2014; 28(1):210-212)。MCL1亦已鑑定為多發性骨髓瘤中細胞存活之重要的調節因子(Derenne S, Monia B, Dean NM等人,Blood . 2002;100(1):194-199;Zhang B, Gojo I, Fenton RG.Blood . 2002;99(6):1885-1893)。 彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(DLBCL)係非霍奇金淋巴瘤(Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma)之最常見類型(25-35%),每年有24 000個新患者。DLBCL係具有超過12種次型之異質疾病,包括雙重打擊/MYC移位、活化B細胞(ABC)以及生發中心B細胞(GCB)。現代免疫化學療法(R-CHOP)治癒大致60%之患有DLBCL的患者,但對於其餘的40%而言,存在極少的治療性選擇且預後係不良的。因此,存在較高之增加諸如ABC次型(DLBCL之35%)之高危DLBCL的治癒比率及臨床結果的醫藥需要,其展示促存活性NF-κB路徑的組成性活化。 神經母細胞瘤(NB)係嬰兒及兒童中最常見的顱骨外實心腫瘤,代表當前分級為較低風險,中度風險或較高風險之所有兒童腫瘤的8%-10%。其大致占兒科群體中所有癌症相關死亡的15%。15歲年齡以下之兒童的NB發病率為每百萬10.2個案例,且每年報導接近500個新案例。診斷之中值年齡係22個月。在過去的30年間,患有NB之患者的結果穩定地改善,其中5年的存活率自52%上升至74%。然而,經預測高風險組中50%至60%之患者經歷復發,且由此發現其死亡率僅適度降低。復發的中值時間係13.2個月,且73%之復發的彼等時間係18個月或大於18個月。總而言之,NB的整體存活率仍為極其深不可測的(約20%為5年),即使有更多積極療法(Colon及Chung,Adv Pediatr 2013 58:297-311)。主體治療由化學療法、手術割除及/或放射線療法組成。然而,多種攻擊性NB已發展為對化學治療劑具有耐受性,使復發可能性變得相當高(Pinto等人,J Clin Oncol 201533:3008-11)。視風險層級而定之NB的標準護理常常係卡鉑(carboplatin)、順鉑環磷醯胺(cisplatin cyclophosphamide)、小紅莓(doxorubicin)、依託泊苷(etoposide)、細胞介素(GM-CSF及IL2)以及長春新鹼(vincristine)。在對化學療法之初始反應之後的復發係治療失效的主要原因,尤其在高風險之NB中。 化學抗性可衍生自促存活性BCL-2蛋白質(例如BCL-2及MCL1蛋白質)之活化。NB表現較高水準之BCL-2及MCL1以及較低水準之BCL-XL。BCL-2之抑制使細胞敏感至死亡且誘使NB腫瘤活體內消退(Ham等人,Cancer Cell 29:159-172)。BCL-2及MCL1之拮抗作用恢復對較高風險NB的化學療法(Lestini等人,Cancer Biol Ther 2009 8:1587-1595;Tanos 等人,BMC Cancer 2016 16:97)。因此,將BCL-2及MCL1抑制劑組合於未經治療或抗性患者中係極其合理的。 本發明提供一種BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑之新穎組合。結果展示,隨著靶向BCL-2及MCL1之有效小分子的發展,高度協同促凋亡活性揭露於原發性人類AML樣品(圖2A及圖17)以及AML(圖9、圖13及圖14)、多發性骨髓瘤(實例4)、淋巴瘤(圖4及圖12)、神經母細胞瘤(圖10)、T-ALL、B-ALL細胞株(圖11)、及小細胞肺癌細胞株(圖15(a)至圖15(e))中。吾人亦展示靶向活體內之組合的BCL-2及MCL1在以耐受劑量時對小鼠及大鼠內的AML及淋巴瘤異種移植模型係有效的(圖2、圖5、圖6、圖7、圖8及圖16),且顯著增加了AML的復發時間(圖2B及圖2C)。此外,在細胞群落檢定中,吾人表明BCL-2+MCL1靶向對致白血病細胞係尤其有毒的,但對正常造血幹細胞非如此(圖3),此與之前小鼠的MCL1基因靶向實驗形成對比。在此等有效及選擇性抑制劑研發之前,靶向BCL-2及MCL1兩者的可行性仍為不確定的。先前特定譜系缺失模型指示由MCL1之長期切除造成之以下各者的潛在性風險:心肌(Wang X等人,Genes & development . 2013;27(12):1351-1364;Thomas RL等人,Genes & development . 2013;27(12):1365-1377),顆粒球/造血(Opferman J等人,Science ' s STKE . 2005;307(5712):1101;Dzhagalov I等人,Blood . 2007;109(4):1620-1626;Steimer DA等人,Blood . 2009;113(12):2805-2815),胸腺細胞(Dunkle A等人,Cell Death & Differentiation . 2010;17(6):994-1002),神經元(Arbour N等人,Journal of Neuroscience . 2008;28(24):6068-6078)以及肝功能(Hikita H等人,Hepatology . 2009;50(4):1217-1226;Vick B等人,Hepatology . 2009;49(2):627-636)。即使有此等擔憂,近來,每週一次、每週兩次及甚至每天一次(在5個連續日期間)靜脈內遞送MCL1之新型有效的短時間作用的藥理學抑制劑仍展示良好的耐受性且對抵抗活體內一系列癌症起作用,包括AML (Kotschy A等人,Nature . 2016;538(7626):477-482;WO 2015/097123)。MCL1蛋白質之短暫的半衰期可留出足夠的時間以用於其在關鍵器官中再生,由此使得對MCL1抑制劑短期暴露具有生理學耐受性(Yang T等人,Journal of cellular physiology . 1996;166(3):523-536)。迄今為止,仿效類似藥物效應之BCL-2及MCL1的脈衝式抑制尚無可能使用基因工程改造途徑達成。根據本發明之使用BCL-2及MCL1抑制劑的研究提供以下概念驗證論證:對此等藥物的間歇性暴露可足以觸發細胞凋亡及高度敏感疾病當中(諸如AML)的臨床反應,同時對主要器官系統無併發毒性。 在靶向兩者抗凋亡蛋白質時,活體外及活體內靶向BCL-2及MCL1兩者的協同效應及對正常骨髓產生的無毒性僅經由有效小分子抑制劑之組合來表明。此等態樣並非由基因靶向實驗的結果預料,其預測造血幹細胞會不太耐受MCL1缺失。Apoptosis is a highly regulated cell death pathway initiated by various cytotoxic stimuli, including carcinogenic stress and chemotherapeutic agents. It has been shown that evading the characteristics of apoptotic cancers and that the efficacy of various chemotherapeutic agents depends on the activation of the intrinsic mitochondrial pathway. Three distinct subpopulations of BCL-2 family proteins control intrinsic apoptotic pathways: (i) only pro-apoptotic BH3 (BCL-2 homology 3) proteins; (ii) pro-survival members such as BCL-2 itself, BCL-XL, Bcl-w, MCL1, and BCL-2a1; and (iii) pro-apoptotic effector proteins BAX and BAK (Czabotar et al., Nature Reviews Molecular cell biology 2014 vol. 15: 49-63). Overexpression of anti-apoptotic members of the BCL-2 family has been observed in a variety of cancers, specifically in hematological malignancies such as mantle cell lymphoma (MCL), follicular lymphoma / diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (FL / D) and multiple myeloma (Adams and Cory Oncogene 2007 Vol. 26: 1324-1337). The recently developed BH3 mimic drugs (such as ABT-199 and ABT-263) have been used as therapeutic strategies to prevent the apoptosis of BCL-2, BCL-XL and Bcl-w. Tumor regression (Zhang et al., Drug Resist Updat 2007 Vol. 10 (6): 207-17). Nevertheless, the mechanisms of tolerance of these drugs have been observed and studied (Choudhary GS et al., Cell Death and Disease 2015 Vol. 6, e1593; doi: 10.1038 / cddis. 2014.525). Acute myeloid leukemia (AML) is a rapidly fatal blood cancer caused by a pure line transformation of hematopoietic stem cells, which results in paralysis of normal bone marrow function and death due to complications of severe cytopenia. AML accounts for 25% of all adult leukemias, with the highest incidence occurring in the United States, Australia, and Europe (WHO. GLOBOCAN 2012, 2012 Worldwide Estimated Cancer Incidence, Mortality, and Prevalence, International Cancer Research Agency). Globally, there are approximately 88,000 new diagnostic cases each year. AML maintains the lowest survival rate of all leukemias, with only 24% expected to have a 5-year survival period. Although standard therapies for AML (cytarabine combined with anthracycline) have been conceived more than 40 years ago, the introduction of successful targeted therapies for this disease remains an elusive goal. In addition, there is still a need for chemotherapy-free treatment options for patients with AML. Since the development of the disease into a multipure line, the concept of targeted therapy for AML has been hindered. The rapid overgrowth of leukemia subpure lines has become the main cause of drug resistance and disease recurrence (Ding L et al., Nature 2012 481: 506- 10). Recent clinical studies have shown the efficacy of BCL-2 inhibitors in the treatment of AML (Konopleva M et al., American Society of Hematology 2014: 118). Although these inhibitors work clinically, it is likely that other BCL-2 family members will need to be targeted to enhance the overall efficacy of AML. In addition to BCL-2, MCL1 has also been identified as an important regulator of cell survival in AML (Glaser SP et al., Genes & development 2012 26: 120-5). Multiple myeloma (MM) is a rare and incurable disease characterized by the accumulation of pure lineage plasma cells in the bone marrow (BM) and accounting for 10% of all hematological malignancies. In Europe, there are approximately 27,800 new cases each year. In recent years, survival rates have improved due to the availability of new agents including bortezomib and lenalidomide, and autologous stem cell transplantation (ASCT). However, the response to these new agents is often not long-lasting, and it becomes an indication that new treatment is needed, especially for patients with relapsed / refractory patients and patients with adverse prognosis (adverse cytogenetic characteristics). Recent studies have shown that BCL-2 inhibitors have viable activity in a subgroup of patients with multiple myeloma (Touzeau C, Dousset C, Le Gouill S et al., Leukemia . 2014; 28 (1): 210-212). MCL1 has also been identified as an important regulator of cell survival in multiple myeloma (Derenne S, Monia B, Dean NM et al., Blood . 2002; 100 (1): 194-199; Zhang B, Gojo I, Fenton RG Blood . 2002; 99 (6): 1885-1893). Diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) is the most common type (25-35%) of non-Hodgkin Lymphoma, with 24 000 new patients each year. The DLBCL line has more than 12 subtypes of heterogeneous diseases, including double-hit / MYC translocation, activated B cells (ABC), and germinal center B cells (GCB). Modern immunochemotherapy (R-CHOP) cures approximately 60% of patients with DLBCL, but for the remaining 40%, there are few therapeutic options and poor prognosis. Therefore, there is a high medical need to increase the cure rate and clinical outcome of high-risk DLBCL such as ABC subtype (35% of DLBCL), which demonstrates the constitutive activation of the pro-survival NF-κB pathway. Neuroblastoma (NB) is the most common solid extracranial tumor in infants and children, representing 8% -10% of all childhood tumors currently classified as lower risk, moderate risk, or higher risk. It accounts for approximately 15% of all cancer-related deaths in the pediatric population. The prevalence of NB in children under 15 years of age is 10.2 cases per million, and nearly 500 new cases are reported each year. The median age at diagnosis was 22 months. Results for patients with NB have steadily improved over the past 30 years, with 5-year survival rates rising from 52% to 74%. However, 50% to 60% of patients in the high-risk group are predicted to experience relapses, and it has been found that their mortality has only moderately decreased. The median time to relapse was 13.2 months, and 73% of those with relapses were 18 months or more. All in all, the overall survival rate of NB is still extremely unfathomable (about 20% for 5 years), even with more active therapies (Colon and Chung, Adv Pediatr 2013 58: 297-311). The main treatment consists of chemotherapy, surgical ablation and / or radiation therapy. However, a variety of aggressive NBs have been developed that are tolerant to chemotherapeutic agents, making the likelihood of relapse quite high (Pinto et al., J Clin Oncol 201533: 3008-11). Depending on the level of risk, the standard care of NB is often carboplatin, cisplatin cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, etoposide, cytokines (GM-CSF and IL2) and vincristine. Relapses following an initial response to chemotherapy are the leading cause of treatment failure, especially in high-risk NBs. Chemical resistance can be derived from the activation of pro-survival BCL-2 proteins, such as the BCL-2 and MCL1 proteins. NB performed higher levels of BCL-2 and MCL1 and lower levels of BCL-XL. Inhibition of BCL-2 sensitizes cells to death and induces regression of NB tumors in vivo (Ham et al., Cancer Cell 29: 159-172). Antagonism of BCL-2 and MCL1 resumes chemotherapy for higher risk NBs (Lestini et al., Cancer Biol Ther 2009 8: 1587-1595; Tanos et al., BMC Cancer 2016 16:97). Therefore, it is extremely reasonable to combine BCL-2 and MCL1 inhibitors in untreated or resistant patients. The present invention provides a novel combination of a BCL-2 inhibitor and an MCL1 inhibitor. The results show that with the development of effective small molecules targeting BCL-2 and MCL1, highly synergistic proapoptotic activity was revealed in primary human AML samples (Figures 2A and 17) and AML (Figures 9, 13 and Figures) 14), multiple myeloma (Example 4), lymphoma (Figures 4 and 12), neuroblastoma (Figure 10), T-ALL, B-ALL cell lines (Figure 11), and small cell lung cancer cells Strains (Fig. 15 (a) to Fig. 15 (e)). We have also shown that targeted in vivo combinations of BCL-2 and MCL1 are effective at AML and lymphoma xenograft models in mice and rats at tolerated doses (Figure 2, Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7. Figure 8 and Figure 16), and significantly increase the relapse time of AML (Figure 2B and Figure 2C). In addition, in the cell community assay, we show that BCL-2 + MCL1 targeting is particularly toxic to leukemic cell lines, but not to normal hematopoietic stem cells (Figure 3). This is the result of previous mouse MCL1 gene targeting experiments Compared. Until these effective and selective inhibitors are developed, the feasibility of targeting both BCL-2 and MCL1 remains uncertain. Previously missing model specific lineages indicated by the potential long-term risk of the following persons caused by the removal of MCL1: cardiac (Wang X, et al., Genes & development 2013; 27 ( 12):. 1351-1364; Thomas RL , et al., Genes & development 2013; 27 (12): . 1365-1377), granulocyte / hematopoietic (Opferman J et al., Science 's STKE 2005; 307 (5712.): 1101; Dzhagalov I et al., Blood 2007; 109 (4. ): 1620-1626; Steimer DA et al., Blood . 2009; 113 (12): 2805-2815), Thymocytes (Dunkle A et al., Cell Death & Differentiation . 2010; 17 (6): 994-1002), Neurons (Arbour N et al., Journal of Neuroscience . 2008; 28 (24): 6068-6078) and liver function (Hikita H et al., Hepatology . 2009; 50 (4): 1217-1226; Vick B et al., Hepatology . 2009; 49 (2): 627-636). Despite these concerns, recently, new effective short-acting pharmacological inhibitors of MCL1 delivered intravenously once a week, twice a week, and even once a day (during 5 consecutive days) still show good tolerance Sex and works against a range of cancers in vivo, including AML (Kotschy A et al., Nature . 2016; 538 (7626): 477-482; WO 2015/097123). The short half-life of MCL1 protein allows sufficient time for its regeneration in key organs, thereby making it physiologically tolerant of short-term exposure to MCL1 inhibitors (Yang T et al., Journal of cellular physiology . 1996; 166 (3): 523-536). To date, pulsed inhibition of BCL-2 and MCL1, which mimics similar drug effects, has not been possible using genetic engineering approaches. Studies using BCL-2 and MCL1 inhibitors according to the present invention provide the following proof of concept: Intermittent exposure to these drugs may be sufficient to trigger clinical responses in apoptosis and highly sensitive diseases such as AML. No concurrent toxicity in organ systems. When targeting both anti-apoptotic proteins, the synergistic effect of targeting both BCL-2 and MCL1 in vitro and in vivo and the non-toxicity to normal bone marrow are only demonstrated by a combination of effective small molecule inhibitors. These aspects are not expected from the results of gene targeting experiments, which predict that hematopoietic stem cells will be less resistant to MCL1 deletion.

本發明係關於一種組合,其包含(a)式(I)之BCL-2抑制劑:其中: ¨ X及Y表示碳原子或氮原子,應理解其可不同時表示兩個碳原子或兩個氮原子, ¨ A1 及A2 與其攜帶之原子一起形成視情況經取代之由5、6或7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族雜環Het,除了表示為X或Y的氮之外,其亦可含有1至3個獨立地選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所討論之氮可經表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、或基團-C(O)-O-Alk的基團取代,其中Alk為直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,或A1 及A2 彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或環烷基, ¨ T表示氫原子、視情況經1至3個鹵素原子取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、基團(C1 -C4 )烷基-NR1 R2 或基團(C1 -C4 )烷基-OR6 , ¨ R1 及R2 彼此獨立地表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 或R1 及R2 與攜帶其之氮原子形成雜環烷基, ¨ R3 表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、環烷基、(C3 -C10 )環烷基-(C1 -C6 )烷基,其中烷基部分係直鏈或分支鏈雜環烷基、芳基或雜芳基, 應理解,前述基團之碳原子或其可能的取代基之碳原子中之一或多者可氘化, ¨ R4 表示芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,應理解前述基團之碳原子或其可能的取代基之碳原子中之一或多者可氘化, ¨ R5 表示氫或鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基, ¨ R6 表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ Ra 、Rb 、Rc 及Rd 彼此各獨立地表示R7 、鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、三氟甲氧基、-NR7 R7 '、硝基、R7 -CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、NR7 R7 '-CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、NR7 R7 '-CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-O-、R7 -SO2 -NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -NH-CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -O-CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、雜環烷基或對(Ra 、Rb )、(Rb 、Rc )或(Rc 、Rd )中之一者的取代基與攜帶其的碳原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的環,其可含有1至2個選自氧及硫之雜原子,亦應理解上文定義之環的一或多個碳原子可氘化或經1至3個選自鹵素及直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基的基團取代, ¨ R7 及R7 '各彼此獨立地表示氫、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、芳基或雜芳基,或R7 及R7 '與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成之雜環, 應理解,當式(I)之化合物含有羥基時,後者可視情況轉化為以下基團中之一者:-OPO(OM)(OM')、-OPO(OM)(O- M1 + )、-OPO(O- M1 + )(O- M2 + )、-OPO(O- )(O- )M3 2 + 、-OPO(OM)(O[CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 )或-OPO(O- M1 + )(O[CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 ),其中M及M'彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、環烷基或雜環烷基,兩者皆由5至6環成員構成,同時M1 + 及M2 + 彼此獨立地表示醫藥學上可接受之單價陽離子,M3 2 + 表示醫藥學上可接受之二價陽離子,且n為1至5之整數, 應理解: - 「芳基」意指苯基、萘基、聯苯基或茚基, - 「雜芳基」意指任何由5至10個環成員構成之單環基或雙環基,其具有至少一個芳族部分且含有1至4個選自氧、硫及氮(包括四級氮)之雜原子, - 「環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員之單環或雙環非芳族碳環基, - 「雜環烷基」意指任何由3至10個環成員構成,且含有1至3個選自氧、硫、SO、SO2 及氮之雜原子的單環或雙環非芳族稠合基團或螺基, 有可能如此定義之芳基、雜芳基、環烷基及雜環烷基,及基團烷基、烯基、炔基及烷氧基由1至3個選自以下各者之基團取代:視情況經羥基、嗎啉、3-3-二氟哌啶或3-3-二氟吡咯啶取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基;(C3 -C6 )螺環;視情況經嗎啉取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基;(C1 -C6 )烷基-S-;羥基;側氧基;N -氧化物;硝基;氰基;-COOR';-OCOR';NR'R";直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基;三氟甲氧基;(C1 -C6 )烷基磺醯基;鹵素;視情況經一或多個鹵素取代之芳基;雜芳基;芳氧基;芳基硫基;環烷基;視情況經一或多個鹵素原子或烷基取代之雜環烷基,其中R'及R"彼此獨立地表示氫原子或視情況經甲氧基取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 式(I)中定義之Het基團可能經1至3個選自直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、NR1 'R1 "及鹵素之基團取代,應理解R1 '及R1 "如關於上文提及之基團R'及R"所定義, 或其對映異構體、非對映異構體,或其與醫藥學上可接受之酸或鹼的加成鹽, 及(b) MCL1抑制劑。 式(I)之該等化合物、其合成、其在治療癌症中的用途及其醫藥調配物描述於WO 2013/110890、WO 2015/011397、WO 2015/011399及WO 2015/011400中,其內容以引用的方式併入。 在某些實施例中,MCL1抑制劑係選自A-1210477 (Cell Death and Disease 2015 6, e1590; doi:10.1038/cddis.2014.561)及描述於WO 2015/097123、WO 2016/207216、WO 2016/207217、WO 2016/207225、WO 2016/207226或WO 2016/033486中的化合物,其內容以引用的方式併入。 本發明亦關於一種包含(a) BCL-2抑制劑及(b)式(II)之MCL1抑制劑的組合:其中: ¨ A表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、-S-(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、氰基、-NW10 W10 '、-Cy6 或鹵素原子, ¨ W1 、W2 、W3 、W4 及W5 彼此獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、-S-(C1 -C6 )烷基、氰基、硝基、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-NW8 W8 '、-O-Cy1 、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 、-烯基(C2 -C6 )-Cy1 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-Cy1 、-O-烷基(C1 -C6 )-W9 、-C(O)-OW8 、-O-C(O)-W8 、-C(O)-NW8 W8 '、-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-NW8 -C(O)-OW8 '、-烷基(C1 -C6 )-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-SO2 -NW8 W8 '、-SO2 -烷基(C1 -C6 ),或當接枝至兩個鄰近碳原子上時,對(W1 、W2 )、(W2 、W3 )、(W1 、W3 )、(W4 、W5 )中之一者的取代基與攜帶其的碳原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族環,其可含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所得環可經選自直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、-NW10 W10 '、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 或側氧基之基團取代, ¨ X'表示碳原子或氮原子, ¨ W6 表示氫、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C8 )烷基、芳基、雜芳基、芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團、雜芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團, ¨ W7 表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、-Cy3 、-烷基(C1 -C6 )-Cy3 、-烯基(C2 -C6 )-Cy3 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-Cy3 、-Cy3 -Cy4 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-O-Cy3 、-Cy3 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy4 、鹵素原子、氰基、-C(O)-W11 或-C(O)-NW11 W11 ', ¨ W8 及W8 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 ,或(W8 、W8 ')與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族環,除氮原子之外,其亦可含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所討論之氮可經表示氫原子、或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基的基團取代,且應理解可能之取代基的一或多個碳原子可氘化, ¨ W9 表示-Cy1 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-NW8 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -Cy2 -O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy5 、-C(O)-NW8 W8 '、-NW8 W8 '、-OW8 、-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-O-烷基(C1 -C6 )-OW8 、-SO2 -W8 、-C(O)-OW8 、-NH-C(O)-NH-W8,如此定義之銨有可能以兩性離子的形式存在或具有單價陰離子相對離子, ¨ W10 、W10 '、W11 及W11 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ W12 表示氫或羥基, ¨ W13 表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ W14 表示-O-P(O)(O- )(O- )基團、-O-P(O)(O- )(OW16 )基團、-O-P(O)(OW16 )(OW16 ')基團、-O-SO2 -O- 基團、-O-SO2 -OW16 基團、-Cy7 、-O-C(O)-W15 基團、-O-C(O)-OW15 基團或-O-C(O)-NW15 W15 '基團, ¨ W15 及W15 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或直鏈或分支鏈胺基(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ W16 及W16 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團, ¨ Cy1 、Cy2 、Cy3 、Cy4 、Cy5 、Cy6 及Cy7 彼此獨立地表示環烷基、雜環烷基、芳基或雜芳基, ¨ n為等於0或1之整數, 應理解: - 「芳基」意指苯基、萘基、聯苯基、二氫茚基或茚基, - 「雜芳基」意謂任何由5至10個環成員構成之單環基或雙環基,其具有至少一個芳族部分且含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子, - 「環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員之單環或雙環非芳族碳環基, - 「雜環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員且含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子的單環或雙環非芳族碳環基,其可包括稠合、橋聯或螺環系統, 有可能如此定義之芳基、雜芳基、環烷基及雜環烷基,及烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基經1至4個選自以下各者之基團取代:直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,其可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代,該直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基可由直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、鹵素、側氧基、-NW'W"、-O-C(O)-W'或-CO-NW'W"取代;直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基;可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基;可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、-NW'W"或羥基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基;可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的(C1 -C6 )烷基-S-;羥基;側氧基;N -氧化物;硝基;氰基;-C(O)-OW';-O-C(O)-W';-CO-NW'W";-NW'W";-(C=NW')-OW";直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基;三氟甲氧基;或鹵素; 應理解W'及W"彼此獨立地表示氫原子或可經表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基;且應理解前述可能的取代基之一或多個碳原子可氘化, 其對映異構體、非對映異構體或構型異構體,或其與醫藥學上可接受之酸或鹼的加成鹽。 式(II)之該等化合物、其合成、其在治療癌症中的用途及其醫藥調配物描述於WO 2015/097123中,其內容以引用的方式併入。 在某些實施例中,BCL-2抑制劑係選自以下化合物: 4-(4-{[2-(4-氯苯基)-4,4-二甲基環己-1-烯-1-基]甲基}哌嗪-1-基)-N -[(3-硝基-4-{[(噁烷-4-基)甲基]胺基}苯基)碸基]-2-[(1H -吡咯并[2,3-b ]吡啶-5-基)氧基]苯甲醯胺(維納妥拉(venetoclax)或ABT-199);4-(4-{[2-(4-氯苯基)-5,5-二甲基環己-1-烯-1-基]甲基}哌嗪-1-基)-N -(4-{[(2R )-4-(嗎啉-4-基)-1-(苯基硫基)丁-2-基]胺基}-3-(三氟甲磺醯基)苯磺醯基]苯甲醯胺(利妥昔(navitoclax)或ABT-263);奧利默森(oblimersen) (G3139);奧巴克拉(obatoclax) (GX15-070);HA14-1;(±)-棉籽酚(BL-193);(-)-棉籽酚(AT-101);阿樸棉籽酚(apogossypol);TW-37;抗微素(antimycin) A、ABT-737 (Oltersdorf T等人,Nature 2005年6月2日;435(7042):677-81),及描述於WO 2013/110890、WO 2015/011397、WO 2015/011399及WO 2015/011400中的化合物,其內容以引用的方式併入。 根據本發明之第一態樣,提供一種組合,其包含: (a) 如本文所描述之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) 如本文所描述之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種組合,其包含: (a) 化合物1:N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺,或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 同時、依序或分開使用。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種組合,其包含: (a) 化合物4:5-(5-氯-2-{[(3S )-3-(嗎啉-4-基甲基)-3,4-二氫異喹啉-2(1H )-基]羰基}苯基)-N -(5-氰基-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-基)-N -(4-羥苯基)-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-甲醯胺,或其醫藥學上可接受之鹽,及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 同時、依序或分開使用。 可替代地,本發明提供一種組合,其包含: (a) BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) 化合物2:(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(5-氟呋喃-2-基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[1-(2,2,2-三氟乙基)-1H-吡唑-5-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸, 同時、依序或分開使用。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種組合,其包含: (a) BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) 化合物3:(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(4-氟苯基)噻吩并[2,3- d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[2-(2-甲氧基苯基)嘧啶-4-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸, 同時、依序或分開使用。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種如本文所描述之組合以用於治療癌症。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供如本文所描述之組合在製造治療癌症之藥物中的用途。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種分開地或一起地含有以下各者之藥劑, (a) 式(I)之BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 或 (a) BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) 式(II)之MCL1抑制劑, 用於同時、依序或分開投與,且其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑以有效量提供以用於治療癌症。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種治療癌症的方法,其包含向需要其之個體投與共同治療有效量之以下各者: (a) 式(I)之BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 或 (a) BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) 式(II)之MCL1抑制劑。 在另一實施例中,本發明提供一種用於使(i)難以用至少一種化學療法治療或(ii)用化學療法治療之後復發,或(i)及(ii)兩者的患者敏感的方法,其中該方法包括向該患者投與共同治療有效量之以下各者: (a) 式(I)之BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 或 (a) BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) 式(II)之MCL1抑制劑。 在一特定實施例中,BCL-2抑制劑係N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺鹽酸鹽(化合物1,HCl)。 在一特定實施例中,BCL-2抑制劑係5-(5-氯-2-{[(3S )-3-(嗎啉-4-基甲基)-3,4-二氫異喹啉-2(1H )-基]羰基}苯基)-N -(5-氰基-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-基)-N -(4-羥苯基)-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-甲醯胺鹽酸鹽(化合物4,HCl)。 在另一實施例中,BCL-2抑制劑係ABT-199。 在另一實施例中,MCL1抑制劑係(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(5-氟呋喃-2-基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[1-(2,2,2-三氟乙基)-1H -吡唑-5-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸(化合物2)。 在另一實施例中,MCL1抑制劑係(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(4-氟苯基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[2-(2-甲氧基苯基)嘧啶-4-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸(化合物3)。The invention relates to a combination comprising (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I): Among them: ¨ X and Y represent carbon atom or nitrogen atom, it should be understood that they may not represent two carbon atoms or two nitrogen atoms at the same time, ¨ A 1 and A 2 together with the atoms they carry form 5 and 6 which are substituted as appropriate. An aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic Het consisting of 7 or 7 ring members, in addition to the nitrogen represented as X or Y, may also contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. It is understood that the nitrogen in question may be substituted by a group representing a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or a group -C (O) -O-Alk, where Alk is straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, straight or branched (C 1- C 6 ) alkyl or cycloalkyl, ¨ T represents a hydrogen atom, optionally a straight or branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or a group (C 1 -C 4 ) Alkyl-NR 1 R 2 or (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-OR 6 , ¨ R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) alkane group, or R 1 and R 2 form a heterocyclic ring with the nitrogen atom which carries the group, ¨ R 3 represents a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkyl, linear or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkenyl group, a linear or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkynyl, cycloalkyl, (C 3 -C 10 ) Cycloalkyl- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, in which the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, it should be understood that the carbon atom of the foregoing group or its possible One or more of the carbon atoms of the substituent may be deuterated. ¨ R 4 represents an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group. It should be understood that One or more of the carbon atoms of the carbon atom or its possible substituents may be deuterated, ¨ R 5 represents a hydrogen or halogen atom, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl or a straight or branched chain Chain (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, ¨ R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, ¨ R a , R b , R c and R d are independent of each other R 7 , a halogen atom, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl group, a trifluoromethoxy group, -NR 7 R 7 ', nitro, R 7 -CO- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, R 7 -CO-NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, NR 7 R 7 ' -CO- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, NR 7 R 7 '-CO- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-O-, R 7 -SO 2 -NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, R 7 -NH-CO-NH- (C 0- C 6 ) alkyl-, R 7 -O-CO-NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, or (R a , R b ), (R b , R c ), or ( A substituent of one of R c , Rd ) forms a ring composed of 5 to 7 ring members together with the carbon atom carrying it, which may contain 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from oxygen and sulfur, and should also It is understood that one or more carbon atoms of the ring defined above may be deuterated or substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from halogen and linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, ¨ R 7 and R 7 'each independently represent hydrogen, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) Alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 7 and R 7 'together with the nitrogen atom carrying it to form a heterocyclic ring consisting of 5 to 7 ring members, it should be understood that when the compound of formula (I) contains a hydroxyl group when the latter is optionally converted by one of the following groups: -OPO (OM) (OM ' ), - OPO (OM) (OM 1 +), - OPO (OM 1 +) (O - M 2 +), - OPO ( O -) (O -) M 3 2 +, -OPO (OM) (O [CH 2 CH 2 O] n CH 3) or -OPO (O - M 1 +) (O [ CH 2 CH 2 O] n CH 3), where M and M 'each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkyl, linear or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl, both of which are composed of 5 to 6 ring members, and M 1 + independently of one another and M 2 + represents a pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent cation, M 3 2 + represents a pharmaceutically acceptable divalent cation, and n is an integer of 1 to 5, it should be understood that: - "aryl" is intended to Means phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl or indenyl, "heteroaryl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring members, which has at least one aromatic moiety and contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen (including quaternary nitrogen),-"cycloalkyl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 3 to 10 ring members,-"hetero "Cycloalkyl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic fused group consisting of 3 to 10 ring members and containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, SO, SO 2 and nitrogen, or Spiro, aryl, heteroaryl, naphthenes that may be so defined And heterocycloalkyl, and the groups alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkoxy are substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, morpholine, and 3-3-difluoro, as appropriate Piperidine or 3-3-difluoropyrrolidine substituted linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl; (C 3 -C 6 ) spirocyclic ring; optionally linear or branched with morpholine (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy; (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-S-; hydroxyl; side oxygen; N -oxide; nitro; cyano; -COOR ';-OCOR'; NR 'R "; linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl; trifluoromethoxy; (C 1 -C 6 ) alkylsulfonyl; halogen; optionally one or more halogens Substituted aryl groups; heteroaryl groups; aryloxy groups; arylthio groups; cycloalkyl groups; heterocycloalkyl groups optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms or alkyl groups, wherein R 'and R "are independent of each other Represents a hydrogen atom or optionally a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group substituted with a methoxy group. The Het group defined in formula (I) may be selected from 1 to 3 straight or branched chains. (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, hydroxyl, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, NR 1 'R 1 "and halogen group substitution, it should be understood that R 1 ' and R 1 " As defined above with regard to the groups R 'and R ", or their enantiomers, diastereomers, or addition salts thereof with pharmaceutically acceptable acids or bases, and (b) MCL1 inhibitor. The compounds of formula (I), their synthesis, their use in the treatment of cancer, and their pharmaceutical formulations are described in WO 2013/110890, WO 2015/011397, WO 2015/011399, and WO 2015/011400. Incorporated by reference. In certain embodiments, the MCL1 inhibitor is selected from A-1210477 ( Cell Death and Disease 2015 6, e1590; doi: 10.1038 / cddis.2014.561) and is described in WO 2015/097123, WO 2016/207216, WO 2016 / The compounds of 207217, WO 2016/207225, WO 2016/207226 or WO 2016/033486, the contents of which are incorporated by reference. The invention also relates to a combination comprising (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II): Where: ¨ A represents a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, a straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, a straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, Linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, -S- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano , -NW 10 W 10 ', -Cy 6 or a halogen atom, ¨ W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , W 4 and W 5 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a straight chain or a branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) Alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkane Group, hydroxy, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, -S- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, cyano, nitro, -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 )- NW 8 W 8 ', -O-Cy 1 , -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , -alkenyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , -alkynyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , -O-alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -W 9 , -C (O) -OW 8 , -OC (O) -W 8 , -C (O) -NW 8 W 8 ', -NW 8 -C (O) -W 8 ', -NW 8 -C (O) -OW 8 ', -alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -NW 8 -C (O) -W 8 ',- SO 2 -NW 8 W 8 ', -SO 2 -alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ), or when grafted to two adjacent carbon atoms, The substituents on one of (W 1 , W 2 ), (W 2 , W 3 ), (W 1 , W 3 ), (W 4 , W 5 ) together with the carbon atom carrying it form from 5 to An aromatic or non-aromatic ring composed of 7 ring members, which may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. It should be understood that the resulting ring may be selected from straight or branched chains (C 1 -C 6 ) Alkyl, -NW 10 W 10 ', -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 or side oxygen group substitution, ¨ X' represents a carbon atom or nitrogen atom, ¨ W 6 represents hydrogen, Linear or branched (C 1 -C 8 ) alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) groups, heteroarylalkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) groups , ¨ W 7 represents straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, -Cy 3 , -alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -Cy 3 , -alkenyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 3 , -alkynyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 3 , -Cy 3- Cy 4 , -alkynyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -O-Cy 3 , -Cy 3 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -O-alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 4 , halogen atom , Cyano, -C (O) -W 11 or -C (O) -NW 11 W 11 ', ¨ W 8 and W 8 ' each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a straight chain or a branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) Alkyl or -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , or (W 8 , W 8 ′) together with the nitrogen atom carrying it forms an aromatic or non-aromatic ring consisting of 5 to 7 ring members In addition to the nitrogen atom, it may also contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. It should be understood that the nitrogen in question may represent a hydrogen atom, or a straight or branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) Alkyl group substitution, and it should be understood that one or more carbon atoms of possible substituents can be deuterated, ¨ W 9 represents -Cy 1 , -Cy 1 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 2 , -Cy 1 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -O-alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 2 , -Cy 1 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -NW 8 -alkyl ( C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 2 , -Cy 1 -Cy 2 -O-alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 5 , -C (O) -NW 8 W 8 ', -NW 8 W 8 ' , -OW 8 , -NW 8 -C (O) -W 8 ', -O-alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -OW 8 , -SO 2 -W 8 , -C (O) -OW 8 , -NH-C (O) -NH-W 8 , , or The ammonium thus defined may exist in the form of zwitterions or have a monovalent anion counter ion. ¨ W 10 , W 10 ′, W 11 and W 11 ′ independently represent a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C 1- C 6) alkyl, ¨ W 12 represents hydrogen or hydroxyl, ¨ W 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkyl, ¨ W 14 represents -OP (O) (O -) ( O -) group, -OP (O) (O - ) (OW 16) group, -OP (O) (OW 16 ) (OW 16 ') groups, -O-SO 2 -O - group, -O-SO 2 -OW 16 group, -Cy 7 , -OC (O) -W 15 group, -OC (O) -OW 15 group, or -OC (O) -NW 15 W 15 'group , ¨ W 15 and W 15 'independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group or a linear or branched amine (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, ¨ W 16 And W 16 'independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl or arylalkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) group, ¨ Cy 1 , Cy 2 , Cy 3 , Cy 4 , Cy 5 , Cy 6 and Cy 7 each independently represent a cycloalkyl group, a heterocycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and ¨ n is an integer equal to 0 or 1, it should be understood that:-"aryl" means Refers to phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, dihydro Or indenyl, "heteroaryl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring members, which has at least one aromatic moiety and contains 1 to 3 selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen Heteroatoms,-"cycloalkyl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 3 to 10 ring members,-"heterocycloalkyl" means any group containing 3 to 10 ring members and Monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems, aryl, heteroaromatic, as may be defined as such Group, cycloalkyl group and heterocycloalkyl group, and alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, and alkoxy group are substituted by 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of straight or branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, which can be represented by a straight-chain or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy substituted with a group of the straight-chain or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy can be a straight-chain or branched ( C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, hydroxyl, halogen, pendant oxygen, -NW'W ", -OC (O) -W 'or -CO-NW'W "substituted; straight or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkenyl group; a straight-chain or can be represented by Branched (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy groups of the substituted straight-chain or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkynyl; may be represented by a straight-chain or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy, Straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, -NW'W "or hydroxyl group substituted straight or branched chain ( C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy; (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-S- substituted by a group representing a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy; hydroxyl; pendant oxy N -oxide; nitro; cyano; -C (O) -OW '; -OC (O) -W';-CO-NW'W";-NW'W";-(C = NW ' ) -OW "; linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl; trifluoromethoxy; or halogen; it should be understood that W 'and W" independently represent a hydrogen atom or may be represented by a straight chain Or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy group substituted linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl; and it should be understood that one or more of the foregoing possible substituents may be deuterated , Its enantiomers, diastereomers or configuration isomers, or addition salts thereof with pharmaceutically acceptable acids or bases. The compounds of formula (II), their synthesis, their use in the treatment of cancer, and their pharmaceutical formulations are described in WO 2015/097123, the contents of which are incorporated by reference. In certain embodiments, the BCL-2 inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of 4- (4-{[2- (4-chlorophenyl) -4,4-dimethylcyclohex-1-ene-1 -Yl] methyl} piperazin-1-yl) -N -[(3-nitro-4-{[(oxane-4-yl) methyl] amino} phenyl) fluorenyl] -2- [(1 H -pyrrolo [2,3- b ] pyridin-5-yl) oxy] benzamidine (venetoclax or ABT-199); 4- (4-{[2- (4-chlorophenyl) -5,5-dimethyl-cyclohex-1-en-1-yl] methyl} piperazin-l-yl) - N - (4 - { [(2 R) -4 -(Morpholin-4-yl) -1- (phenylthio) but-2-yl] amino} -3- (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) benzenesulfonyl] benzidine (Ritu) (Navitoclax or ABT-263); oblimersen (G3139); obatoclax (GX15-070); HA14-1; (±) -gossypol (BL-193); ( -)-Gossypol (AT-101); apogossypol; TW-37; antimycin A, ABT-737 (Oltersdorf T et al., Nature June 2, 2005; 435 ( 7042): 677-81), and the compounds described in WO 2013/110890, WO 2015/011397, WO 2015/011399 and WO 2015/011400, the contents of which are incorporated by reference. According to the first aspect of the present invention Thus, a combination is provided that includes: (a) as A BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) described herein, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as described herein. In another embodiment, the invention provides a combination comprising: ( a) Compound 1: N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3 S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 (1 H ) -Isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl} -N -phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazine Amidine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor are used simultaneously, sequentially, or separately. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a combination comprising: (a) compound 4 : 5- (5-chloro-2-{[(3 S ) -3- (morpholin-4-ylmethyl) -3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2 ( 1H ) -yl] carbonyl} phenyl) - N - (5- cyano-1,2-dimethyl -1 H - pyrrole-3-yl) - N - (4- hydroxyphenyl) -1,2-dimethyl -1 H -Pyrrole-3-formamidine, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor, used simultaneously, sequentially, or separately. Alternatively, the present invention provides a combination comprising: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) compound 2: ( 2R ) -2-{[( 5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2 -Methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (5-fluorofuran-2-yl) thieno [2,3- d ] Pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[1- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) -1H-pyrazol-5-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propanoic acid , Simultaneously, sequentially or separately. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a combination comprising: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) compound 3: ( 2R ) -2-{[( 5S a ) -5- {3- Chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (4-fluorophenyl) thieno [2,3 - d ] Pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[2- (2-methoxyphenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propionic acid, simultaneously, sequentially or separately use. In another embodiment, the invention provides a combination as described herein for use in treating cancer. In another embodiment, the invention provides the use of a combination as described herein in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a medicament separately or together, comprising (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor, or (a) a BCL- 2 inhibitors and (b) MCL1 inhibitors of formula (II) for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration, and wherein BCL-2 inhibitors and MCL1 inhibitors are provided in effective amounts for the treatment of cancer. In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for treating cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a co-therapeutic effective amount of each of: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) and (b ) MCL1 inhibitors, or (a) BCL-2 inhibitors and (b) MCL1 inhibitors of formula (II). In another embodiment, the present invention provides a method for sensitizing a patient who is (i) difficult to treat with at least one chemotherapy or (ii) relapses after treatment with chemotherapy, or (i) and (ii) Wherein the method includes administering to the patient a co-therapeutic effective amount of each of: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor, or (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II). In a specific embodiment, the BCL-2 inhibitor is N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3 S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4 -Dihydro-2 ( 1H ) -isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl} -N -phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetra Hydro-1-indolazine formamidine hydrochloride (Compound 1, HCl). In a specific embodiment, the BCL-2 inhibitor is 5- (5-chloro-2-{[(3 S ) -3- (morpholin-4-ylmethyl) -3,4-dihydroisoquine morpholine -2 (1 H) - yl] carbonyl} phenyl) - N - (5- cyano-1,2-dimethyl -1 H - pyrrole-3-yl) - N - (4- hydroxyphenyl ) -1,2-dimethyl- 1H -pyrrole-3-carboxamide hydrochloride (Compound 4, HCl). In another embodiment, the BCL-2 inhibitor is ABT-199. In another embodiment, the MCL1 inhibitor is ( 2R ) -2-{[(( 5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazine-1 -Yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (5-fluorofuran-2-yl) thieno [2,3- d ] pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[1 - (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) -1 H - pyrazol-5-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propanoic acid (compound 2). In another embodiment, the MCL1 inhibitor is ( 2R ) -2-{[(( 5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazine-1 -Yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (4-fluorophenyl) thieno [2,3- d ] pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[2- (2 -Methoxyphenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propionic acid (compound 3).

因此,本發明在實施例E1中提供一種組合,其包含(a)式(I)之BCL-2抑制劑:其中: ¨ X及Y表示碳原子或氮原子,應理解其可不同時表示兩個碳原子或兩個氮原子, ¨ A1 及A2 與攜帶其之原子一起形成視情況經取代之由5、6或7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族雜環Het,除了表示為X或Y的氮之外,其亦可含有1至3個獨立地選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所討論之氮可經表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、或基團-C(O)-O-Alk的基團取代,其中Alk為直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 或A1 及A2 彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或環烷基, ¨ T表示氫原子、視情況經1至3個鹵素原子取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、基團(C1 -C4 )烷基-NR1 R2 或基團(C1 -C4 )烷基-OR6 , ¨ R1 及R2 彼此獨立地表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,或R1 及R2 與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成雜環烷基, ¨ R3 表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、環烷基、(C3 -C10 )環烷基-(C1 -C6 )烷基,其中烷基部分為直鏈或分支鏈的、雜環烷基、芳基或雜芳基,應理解前述基團之碳原子或其可能的取代基之碳原子中之一或多者可氘化, ¨ R4 表示芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,應理解前述基團之碳原子或其可能的取代基之碳原子中之一或多者可氘化, ¨ R5 表示氫或鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基, ¨ R6 表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ Ra 、Rb 、Rc 及Rd 各彼此獨立地表示R7 、鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、三氟甲氧基、-NR7 R7 '、硝基、R7 -CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、NR7 R7 '-CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -SO2 -NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -NH-CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -O-CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、雜環烷基,或對(Ra 、Rb )、(Rb 、Rc )或(Rc 、Rd )中之一者的取代基與攜帶其的碳原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的環,其可含有1至2個選自氧及硫的雜原子,亦應理解上文定義之環的一或多個碳原子可氘化或經1至3個選自鹵素及直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基的基團取代, ¨ R7 及R7 '彼此獨立地表示氫、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、芳基或雜芳基,或R7 及R7 '與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成之雜環, 應理解,當式(I)之化合物含有羥基時,後者可視情況轉化為以下基團中之一者:-OPO(OM)(OM')、-OPO(OM)(O- M1 + )、-OPO(O- M1 + )(O- M2 + )、-OPO(O- )(O- )M3 2 + 、-OPO(OM)(O[CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 )或-OPO(O- M1 + )(O[CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 ),其中M及M'彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、環烷基或雜環烷基,兩者皆由5至6環成員構成,同時M1 + 及M2 + 彼此獨立地表示醫藥學上可接受之單價陽離子,M3 2 + 表示醫藥學上可接受之二價陽離子,且n為1至5之整數, 應理解: - 「芳基」意指苯基、萘基、聯苯基或茚基, - 「雜芳基」意指任何由5至10個環成員構成之單環基或雙環基,其具有至少一個芳族部分且含有1至4個選自氧、硫及氮(包括四級氮)之雜原子, - 「環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員之單環或雙環非芳族碳環基, - 「雜環烷基」意指任何由3至10個環成員構成且含有1至3個選自氧、硫、SO、SO2 及氮之雜原子的單環或雙環非芳族稠合基團或螺基, 有可能如此定義之芳基、雜芳基、環烷基及雜環烷基,及基團烷基、烯基、炔基及烷氧基由1至3個選自以下各者之基團取代:視情況經羥基、嗎啉、3-3-二氟哌啶或3-3-二氟吡咯啶取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基;(C3 -C6 )螺環;視情況經嗎啉取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基;(C1 -C6 )烷基-S-;羥基;側氧基;N -氧化物;硝基;氰基;-COOR';-OCOR';NR'R";直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基;三氟甲氧基;(C1 -C6 )烷基磺醯基;鹵素;視情況經一或多個鹵素取代之芳基;雜芳基;芳氧基;芳基硫基;環烷基;視情況經一或多個鹵素原子或烷基取代之雜環烷基,其中R'及R"彼此獨立地表示氫原子或視情況經甲氧基取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 式(I)中定義的Het基團可能經1至3個選自直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、NR1 'R1 "及鹵素之基團取代,應理解R1 '及R1 "如關於上文提及之基團R'及R"所定義, 或其對映異構體、非對映異構體,或其與醫藥學上可接受之酸或鹼的加成鹽, 及(b) MCL1抑制劑, 同時、依序或分開使用。 本發明亦在實施例E2中提供一種包含(a) BCL-2抑制劑及(b)式(II)之MCL1抑制劑的組合:其中: ¨ A表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、-S-(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、氰基、-NW10 W10 '、-Cy6 或鹵素原子, ¨ W1 、W2 、W3 、W4 及W5 彼此獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、-S-(C1 -C6 )烷基、氰基、硝基、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-NW8 W8 '、-O-Cy1 、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 、-烯基(C2 -C6 )-Cy1 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-Cy1 、-O-烷基(C1 -C6 )-W9 、-C(O)-OW8 、-O-C(O)-W8 、-C(O)-NW8 W8 '、-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-NW8 -C(O)-OW8 '、-烷基(C1 -C6 )-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-SO2 -NW8 W8 '、-SO2 -烷基(C1 -C6 ),或當接枝至兩個鄰近碳原子上,對(W1 、W2 )、(W2 、W3 )、(W1 、W3 )、(W4 、W5 )中之一者的取代基,與攜帶其的碳原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族環,其可含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所得環可經選自直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、-NW10 W10 '、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 或側氧基之基團取代, ¨ X'表示碳原子或氮原子, ¨ W6 表示氫、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C8 )烷基、芳基、雜芳基、芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團、雜芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團, ¨ W7 表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、-Cy3 、-烷基(C1 -C6 )-Cy3 、-烯基(C2 -C6 )-Cy3 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-Cy3 、-Cy3 -Cy4 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-O-Cy3 、-Cy3 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy4 、鹵素原子、氰基、-C(O)-W11 或-C(O)-NW11 W11 ', ¨ W8 及W8 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 ,或(W8 、W8 ')與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族環,其可含有1至3個除氮原子之外的選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所討論之氮可由表示氫原子、或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基的基團取代,且應理解可能之取代基的一或多個碳原子可氘化, ¨ W9 表示-Cy1 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-NW8 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -Cy2 -O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy5 、-C(O)-NW8 W8 '、-NW8 W8 '、-OW8 、-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-O-烷基(C1 -C6 )-OW8 、-SO2 -W8 、-C(O)-OW8 、-NH-C(O)-NH-W8,如此定義之銨有可能以兩性離子的形式存在或具有單價陰離子相對離子, ¨ W10 、W10 '、W11 及W11 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ W12 表示氫或羥基, ¨ W13 表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ W14 表示-O-P(O)(O- )(O- )基團、-O-P(O)(O- )(OW16 )基團、-O-P(O)(OW16 )(OW16 ')基團、-O-SO2 -O- 基團、-O-SO2 -OW16 基團、-Cy7 、-O-C(O)-W15 基團、-O-C(O)-OW15 基團或-O-C(O)-NW15 W15 '基團, ¨ W15 及W15 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或直鏈或分支鏈胺基(C1 -C6 )烷基, ¨ W16 及W16 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團, ¨ Cy1 、Cy2 、Cy3 、Cy4 、Cy5 、Cy6 及Cy7 彼此獨立地表示環烷基、雜環烷基、芳基或雜芳基, ¨ n為等於0或1之整數, 應理解: - 「芳基」意指苯基、萘基、聯苯基、二氫茚基或茚基, - 「雜芳基」意謂任何由5至10個環成員構成之單環基或雙環基,其具有至少一個芳族部分且含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子, - 「環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員之單環或雙環非芳族碳環基, - 「雜環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員且含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子的單環或雙環非芳族碳環基,其可包括稠合、橋聯或螺環系統, 有可能如此定義之芳基、雜芳基、環烷基及雜環烷基,及烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基由1至4個選自以下各者之基團取代:直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,其可經表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代,該直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基可經直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、鹵素、側氧基、-NW'W"、-O-C(O)-W'或-CO-NW'W''取代;直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基;可經表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基;可經表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、-NW'W''或羥基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基;可經表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的(C1 -C6 )烷基-S-;羥基;側氧基;N -氧化物;硝基;氰基;-C(O)-OW';-O-C(O)-W';-CO-NW'W'';-NW'W'';-(C=NW')-OW'';直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基;三氟甲氧基;或鹵素;應理解W'及W''彼此獨立地表示氫原子或可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基;且應理解前述可能的取代基之一或多個碳原子可氘化, 其對映異構體、非對映異構體或構型異構體,或其與醫藥學上可接受之酸或鹼的加成鹽, 同時、依序或分開使用。 本文描述本發明之進一步所列舉的實施例(E)。應認識到在各實施例中指定之特徵可與其他指定特徵組合以提供本發明之其他實施例。 E3.一種根據E1之組合,其中MCL1抑制劑係如E2中所定義之式(II)化合物。 E4.一種根據E1至E3中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑係N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺。 E5.一種根據E1至E3中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑係5-(5-氯-2-{[(3S )-3-(嗎啉-4-基甲基)-3,4-二氫異喹啉-2(1H )-基]羰基}苯基)-N -(5-氰基-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-基)-N -(4-羥苯基)-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-甲醯胺。 E6.一種根據E4之組合,其中N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺呈鹽酸鹽的形式。 E7.一種根據E5之組合,其中5-(5-氯-2-{[(3S )-3-(嗎啉-4-基甲基)-3,4-二氫異喹啉-2(1H )-基]羰基}苯基)-N -(5-氰基-1,2-二甲基-1H-吡咯-3-基)-N -(4-羥苯基)-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-甲醯胺呈鹽酸鹽的形式。 E8.一種根據E4或E6的組合,其中在組合治療期間,N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺的劑量為50 mg至1500 mg。 E9.一種根據E1至E8中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑一週投與一次。 E10.一種根據E6或E8的組合,其中在組合治療期間,N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺一日投與一次。 E11.一種根據E1至E3中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑係ABT-199。 E12.一種根據E1至E11中之任一者的組合,其中MCL1抑制劑係(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(5-氟呋喃-2-基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[1-(2,2,2-三氟乙基)-1H-吡唑-5-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸。 E13.一種根據E1至E11中之任一者的組合,其中MCL1抑制劑係(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(4-氟苯基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[2-(2-甲氧基苯基)嘧啶-4-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸。 E14.一種根據E1至E13中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑經口投與。 E15.一種根據E1至E13中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑經口投與且MCL1抑制劑經靜脈內投與。 E16.一種根據E1至E13中之任一者的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑經靜脈內投與。 E17.一種根據E1至E16中之任一者的組合,其用於治療癌症。 E18.根據E17之供使用的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑以共同治療有效的量提供以用於治療癌症。 E19.根據E17之供使用的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑以協同有效量提供以用於治療癌症。 E20.根據E17之供使用的組合,其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑以實現癌症治療中各化合物的所需劑量減少的協同有效量提供,同時提供有效的癌症治療,以及最終降低副作用。 E21.根據E17至E20中之任一者之以使用的組合,其中癌症係白血病。 E22.根據E21之供使用的組合,其中癌症係急性骨髓白血病、T-ALL或B-ALL。 E23.根據E17至E20中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中癌症係骨髓發育不良症候群或骨髓增生疾病。 E24.根據E17至E20中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中癌症係淋巴瘤。 E25.根據E24中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中淋巴瘤係非霍奇金淋巴瘤。 E26.根據E25中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中非霍奇金淋巴瘤係彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤或套細胞淋巴瘤(mantle-cell lymphoma)。 E27.根據E17至E20中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中癌症係多發性骨髓瘤。 E28.根據E17至E20中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中癌症係神經母細胞瘤。 E29.根據E17至E20中之任一者之供使用的組合,其中癌症係小細胞肺癌。 E30.一種根據E1至E16中之任一者的組合,進一步包含一或多種賦形劑。 E31.一種根據E1至E16中之任一者之組合在製造用於治療癌症之藥物中的用途。 E32.根據E31之用途,其中癌症係白血病。 E33.根據E32之用途,其中癌症係急性骨髓白血病、T-ALL或B-ALL。 E34.根據E31之用途,其中癌症係骨髓發育不良症候群或骨髓增生疾病。 E35.根據E31之用途,其中癌症係淋巴瘤。 E36.根據E35之用途,其中淋巴瘤係非霍奇金淋巴瘤。 E37.根據E36之用途,其中非霍奇金淋巴瘤係彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤或套細胞淋巴瘤。 E38.根據E31之用途,其中癌症係多發性骨髓瘤。 E39.根據E31之用途,其中癌症係神經母細胞瘤。 E40.根據E31之用途,其中癌症係小細胞肺癌。 E41.一種藥物,其分開地或共同含有, (a) 如E1中所定義之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 用於同時、依序或分開投與,且其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑以有效量提供以用於治療癌症。 E42.一種藥物,其分開地或共同含有, (a) BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) 如E2中所定義之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑, 用於同時、依序或分開投與,且其中BCL-2抑制劑及MCL1抑制劑以有效量提供以用於治療癌症。 E43.一種治療癌症之方法,其包含向需要其之個體投與共同治療有效量之(a)如E1中所定義之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及(b)MCL1抑制劑。 E44.一種治療癌症之方法,其包含向需要其之個體投與共同治療有效量之(a) BCL-2抑制劑,及(b)如E2中所定義之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑。 E45.一種用於使(i)難以用至少一種化學療法治療或(ii)用化學療法治療之後復發,或(i)及(ii)兩者的患者敏感的方法,其中該方法包含向該患者投與共同治療有效量之(a)如E1中所定義之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及(b) MCL1抑制劑。 E46.一種用於使(i)難以用至少一種化學療法治療或(ii)用化學療法治療之後復發,或(i)及(ii)兩者的患者敏感的方法,其中該方法包含向患者投與共同治療有效量之(a) BCL-2抑制劑,及(b)如E2中所定義之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑。 「組合」係指以一個單位劑型(例如膠囊、錠劑或藥囊)之固定劑量組合、不固定劑量組合或分裝部分之套組以用於組合投與,其中本發明化合物及一或多種組合搭配物(例如下文所解釋之另一藥物,亦稱作「治療劑」或「輔劑」)可同時獨立地投與或在時間間隔內分開投與,尤其在此等時間間隔使得組合搭配物顯現合作,例如協同效應時。 如本文所用之術語「共投與」或「組合投與」或其類似術語意欲涵蓋向有需要之單一個體(例如患者)投與所選擇之組合搭配物,且意欲包括藥劑不一定藉由相同投與途徑投與或同時投與之治療方案。 術語「固定劑量組合」意指活性成分,例如式(I)化合物及一或多種組合搭配物均以單一實體或劑量的形式同時向患者投與。 術語「不固定劑量組合」意指活性成分,例如本發明化合物及一或多種組合搭配物均以單獨實體的形式同時或依序地向患者投與,無特定時間限制,其中該投與提供治療有效量之兩種化合物至患者體內。後者亦適用於混合物療法,例如投與3種或大於3種活性成分。 「癌症」意指細胞群呈現不可控生長的一類疾病。癌症類型包括血液癌症(淋巴瘤及白血病)及包括癌瘤、肉瘤或母細胞瘤的實體腫瘤。特定言之,「癌症」係指白血病、淋巴瘤或多發性骨髓瘤,且更尤其係指急性骨髓白血病。 術語「共同治療有效」意指治療劑可在其偏好在溫血動物(尤其待治療之人類)內仍顯現(較佳協同)相互作用(共同治療效應)的此類時間間隔內分開給與(以時間順序錯開方式,尤其特定順序方式)。不管此是否係可尤其藉由根據血液含量測定的情況,顯現兩種化合物至少在某些時間間隔期間內皆存在於待治療之人類血液中。 「協同有效」或「協同」意指在投與兩種或大於兩種藥劑後所觀測到的治療性效果大於投與各單一藥劑之後所觀測到的總治療性效果。 如本文所用,術語「治療(treat/treating/treatment)」任何疾病或病症在一個實施例中係指改善疾病或病症(亦即,減緩或停滯或減少疾病或其至少一個臨床症狀之發展)。在另一實施例中,「治療(treat/treating/treatment)」係指緩解或改善至少一個生理參數,包括患者可能無法辯別之生理參數。在又一實施例中,「治療(treat/treating/treatment)」係指在身體上(例如,可辯別症狀之穩定化)、生理上(例如生理參數之穩定化)或在這兩方面調節疾病或病症。 如本文中所用,若個體將在生物學、醫學或生活品質上受益於治療,則該個體「需要」該治療。 在另一態樣中,提供一種用於使(i)難以用至少一種化學療法治療或(ii)用化學療法治療之後復發,或(i)及(ii)兩者的人類敏感的方法,其中該方法包含向患者投與如本文所描述之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,以及MCL1抑制劑。敏感的患者為回應於涉及投與如本文所描述之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,以及MCL1抑制劑的治療的患者,或對此治療尚未發展有耐受性的患者。 「藥物」意指醫藥組合物,或若干個醫藥組合物之組合,其在一或多種賦形劑存在下含有一或多種活性成分。 『AML』意指急性骨髓白血病。 『T-ALL』及『B-ALL』意指T細胞急性淋巴母細胞白血病及B細胞急性淋巴母細胞白血病。 『游離鹼』係指尚未呈鹽形式的化合物。 在根據本發明之醫藥組合物中,按重量計(組合物之總重量中的活性成分重量)活性成分的比例為5至50%。 在根據本發明之醫藥組合物中,更尤其將使用適於經口、非經腸且尤其靜脈內、全皮膚或反皮膚、鼻、直腸、經舌、眼或呼吸道投與的彼等物,更確切而言,錠劑、糖衣丸劑、舌下錠劑、硬明膠膠囊、直腸給藥劑型、膠囊、口含錠、可注射製劑、噴霧劑、眼或鼻滴劑、栓劑、乳膏、軟膏、經皮凝膠等。 根據本發明之醫藥組成物包含一或多種選自以下之賦形劑或載劑:稀釋劑、潤滑劑、黏合劑、崩解劑、穩定劑、防腐劑、吸附劑、著色劑、甜味劑、調味劑等。藉助於非限制性實例,可提及: w作為稀釋劑 :乳糖、右旋糖、蔗糖、甘露糖醇、山梨糖醇、纖維素、甘油, w作為潤滑劑 :二氧化矽、滑石、硬脂酸及其鎂及鈣鹽、聚乙二醇, w作為黏合劑 :矽酸鎂鋁、澱粉、明膠、黃蓍、甲基纖維素、羧甲基纖維素鈉及聚乙烯吡咯啶酮, w作為崩解劑 :瓊脂、海藻酸及其鈉鹽、起泡性混合物。 組合之化合物可同時或依序投與。投與途徑較佳係經口途徑,且相應醫藥組合物可允許活性成分瞬時或延緩釋放。此外,組合之化合物可以各含有活性成分中之一者的兩個獨立醫藥組合物形式投與,或以活性成分呈混合物形式之單一醫藥組合物形式投與。 優先考慮呈錠劑之醫藥組合物。含有 50 mg 100 mg 之原料藥的化合物 1 鹽酸 鹽包覆膜衣錠劑的醫藥組合物 藥理學資料 實例 1 - 3 之材料及方法 原發性 AML 患者樣品 在知情同意之後,根據由阿爾弗雷德醫院人類研究倫理委員會(Alfred Hospital Human research ethics committees)核准之指南自患有AML之患者採集骨髓或末梢血液樣品。單核細胞藉由菲科爾-帕克(Ficoll-Paque) (GE Healthcare, VIC, Aus)密度梯度離心來分離,隨後紅血球在37℃下在氯化銨(NH4 Cl)裂解緩衝液中消耗10分鐘。隨後,細胞再懸浮於含有2%胎牛血清之磷酸鹽緩衝生理食鹽水中(Sigma, NSW, Aus)。隨後,單核細胞懸浮於含有青黴素及鏈黴素(GIBCO)以及非熱活化之胎牛血清15% (Sigma)的RPMI-1640(GIBCO VIC, Aus)培養物中。 細胞株、細胞培養及產生螢光素酶報導細胞株 細胞株MV4;11、OCI-AML3、HL-60、HEL、K562、KG-1及EOL-1在37℃,5% CO2 下保持在補充有10% (v/v)胎牛血清(Sigma)及青黴素以及鏈黴素(GIBCO)的RPMI-1640 (GIBCO)中。MV4;11螢光素酶細胞株由慢病毒轉導(lentiviral transduction)產生。 抗體 用於西方墨點分析(western blot analysis)之原發性抗體為MCL1、BCL-2、Bax、Bak、Bim、BCL-XL(內部WEHI產生)及微管蛋白質(T-9026, Sigma)。 細胞存活率 將來自AML患者樣品之新純化單核細胞調節至2.5×105 /ml之濃度及每孔100μL細胞等分入96孔盤(Sigma)。隨後,細胞用1 nM至10 μM之跨越6對數濃度範圍的化合物1,HCl、化合物2、ABT-199 (Active Biochem, NJ, USA)或艾達黴素(idarubicin) (Sigma)處理48小時。為了組合分析,以1:1比率自1 nM至10 μM添加藥物,且在37℃、5% CO2 下培養。隨後,細胞用sytox藍色核酸染料(sytox blue nucleic acid stain) (Invitrogen, VIC, Aus)及螢光染色,該螢光使用LSR-II Fortessa(Becton Dickinson, NSW, Aus)藉由流動式細胞量測分析量測。FACSDiva軟體用以資料收集,且FlowJo軟體用於分析。母細胞使用向前及側面分散特性門控。對於各藥物,在6個濃度下測定排除sytox藍的活細胞,且測定50%的致死性濃度(LC50 ,以μM為單位)。 LC50 測定及協同 格拉夫帕德稜鏡(Graphpad Prism)用於使用非線性回歸來計算LC50 。協同藉由基於所描述之Chou Talalay方法計算複合指數(CI)來測定(Chou Cancer Res; 70(2), 2010年1月15日)。 群落分析 群落形成分析在來自AML患者之新純化及凍結的單核部分上實施。初級細胞在35 mm培養皿(Griener-bio, Germany)中以1×104 至1×105 個雙重複培養。細胞以2:1:1比率之0.6%瓊脂(Difco NSW, Aus):AIMDM 2×(IMDM 粉末-Invitrogen),補充有NaHCO3 、聚葡萄糖、青黴素/鏈黴素、B巰基乙醇及天冬醯胺):胎牛血清(Sigma)塗鋪。為了最佳生長條件,所有盤皆含有GM-CSF(每盤100 ng)、IL-3 (100 ng/盤R&D系統,USA)SCF(100 ng/盤R&D系統)以及EPO (4U/盤)(在存在及不存在藥物下,在37℃,5% CO2 下,在高濕度培養箱中生長2至3週。在培育之後,盤在生理食鹽水中利用2.5%戊二醛固定且使用來自Oxford Optronix (Abingdon, United Kingdom)之GelCount計數。 西方墨點法 在補充有蛋白質酶抑制劑混合物(Roche, Dee Why, NSW, Australia)之NP40裂解緩衝液(10 mM Tris-HCl pH為7.4,137 mM NaCl,10%甘油,1% NP40)中製備裂解物。蛋白質樣品在降低負載之染料中沸騰,隨後在4%至12% Bis-Tris聚丙烯醯胺凝膠(Invitrogen, Mulgrave, VIC, Australia)上分離,且傳送至Hybond C硝化纖維素膜(GE, Rydalmere, NSW, Australia)以用於與特定抗體一起培育。所有膜阻斷步驟及抗體稀釋使用5% (v/v)脫脂牛奶在含有0.1% (v/v)吐溫(Tween)-20磷酸鹽緩衝生理食鹽水(PBST)或Tris緩衝生理食鹽水之PBS中實施,且利用PBST或TBST進行沖洗步驟。西方墨點藉由經強化之化學發光(GE)觀測。 活體內實驗 AML 移植 動物研究在由阿爾弗雷德醫藥研究及教育領域動物倫理學委員會核准的機構指南下實施,將利用螢光素酶報導基因(pLUC2)轉導的MV4;11細胞以1×105 個細胞靜脈內注射入如先前所描述之經輻射(100Rad)非肥胖糖尿病/重度聯合免疫缺乏(NOD/SCID/IL2rγnull)的小鼠中(Jin等人,Cell Stem Cell 2 July 2009, 第5卷, 1期, 第31-42頁)。在第7天時藉由流式細胞量測術及藉由生物發光MV4;11細胞之IVIS成像來量化PB中hCD45+細胞的百分比來量測移植。在第10天時,小鼠每日口服管飼40:10:60之溶解於PEG400 (Sigma)中的化合物1,HCl (表現為游離鹼之200 µL 100 mg/kg劑量)、無水乙醇(Sigma)以及蒸餾水,或每週兩次接收溶解於50% 2-羥丙基)-β-環糊精(Sigma)之化合物2 (200 µL 25 mg/kg)以及50% 50 mM HCl或藥物組合或媒劑,歷時4週。使用血液學分析器(BioRad, Gladesville, NSW)測定血球計數。 IVIS 成像 生物發光成像使用測徑規IVIS Lumina III XR成像系統來實施。小鼠利用異氟醚麻醉且腹膜內注入100 µL之125 mg/kg螢光素(Perkin Elmer, Springvale, VIC)。實例 4 之材料及方法 細胞株 人類骨髓瘤細胞株(HMCL)衍生自培養於RPMI 1640培養物中之原發性骨髓瘤細胞,該培養物補充有5%胎牛血清及3 ng/ml用於IL-6相關細胞株之重組IL-6。HMCL為患者回應於療法之表現型及基因組異質性以及變異的代表。 MTT 分析 細胞存活率使用MTT (溴化3-(4,5-二甲基噻唑-2-基)-2,5-二苯基四唑鹽)比色存活分析來量測。細胞與化合物一起每次在含有100 µl/孔之最終體積的96孔盤中培育。根據單一藥劑敏感度,以9個不同濃度使用(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(5-氟呋喃-2-基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[1-(2,2,2-三氟乙基)-1H -吡唑-5-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸(化合物2)。以1 µM之固定劑量使用N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺鹽酸鹽(化合物1,HCl)。在各處理結束時,細胞與1 mg/mL MTT (50 µl MTT溶液每孔2.5 mg/ml)在37℃下一起培育3個小時,使得MTT代謝。將裂解緩衝液(100 µl裂解緩衝液:DMF (2:3)/SDS (1:3))添加入各孔以溶解甲䐶結晶(formazan cristal),且在培育18小時之後,使用分光光度計量測570 nm處的活細胞中之吸光度。 作為對照,細胞僅用培養物培育及用含有0.1% DMSO之培養物培育。作為骨髓瘤細胞生長對照,每日記錄骨髓瘤細胞吸光度(D0、D1、D2、D3及D4)。 所有實驗重複3次,且在各實驗中各實驗條件至少重複三次孔。 用下式計算抑制效應: 抑制效應(%)=(1-所處理細胞之吸光度值/對照細胞之吸光度值)*100實例 1 BCL - 2 MCL1 為表現於 AML 中之顯性促存活蛋白質 對具有>70%母細胞之7個AML細胞株及13個原發性AML樣品進行免疫墨點法以用於圖1中之指定蛋白質。 如圖1中所說明,AML中BCL-2家族成員之表現的蛋白質組測量展示,除了BCL-2之外,大多數原發性AML樣品及AML細胞株共表現促存活蛋白質MCL1。BCL-XL不常在AML中表現。實例 2 組合 BCL - 2 MCL1 靶向在 AML 中顯示協同殺滅 54個AML患者樣品用6對數濃度範圍之化合物1(鹽酸鹽)、化合物2或1:1濃度在RPMI/15% FCS中培育48個小時且測定LC50 (圖2A)。 大致20%之原發性AML樣品對化合物1或化合物2高度敏感,其中需要在48小時之後殺死50%之原發性AML母細胞之藥物的致死性濃度(LC50 )在低奈莫耳範圍內(LC50 <10 nM)(圖2A)。對比而言,當化合物1及化合物2組合時,敏感AML樣品的比例顯著增加至70%,指示當BCL-2及MCL1同時靶向時的協同活性(圖2A)。一些結果展示於圖17中。 為驗證此途徑之活體內活性,將表現螢光素酶之MV4;11 AML細胞移植入NSG小鼠中且僅用化合物1(鹽酸鹽)或化合物2或組合治療,且在療法14天及21天之後評估腫瘤負荷(圖2B)。在完成28天的療法時,小鼠繼續存活(圖2C)。此等實驗示出化合物1及化合物2之組合為活體內高度有效的,驗證了使用原發性AML細胞在活體外所觀測到之給人深刻印象的活性。 此處呈現在圖2A至圖2C中之資料表明AML中化合物1,HCl與化合物2之間的協同組合活性。實例 3 組合 BCL - 2 MCL1 抑制標靶白血病 但無正常祖細胞功能 為分析BCL-2抑制組合MCL1抑制對正常人類CD34+細胞或來自患有AML之患者的菲科爾法分離(ficolled)母細胞的毒性,細胞群落潛在性在暴露至組合療法的2週之後分析。群落生長在補充有10% FCS、IL3、SCF、GM-CSF及EPO的瓊脂中,歷時14天,且群落用自動Gelcount®分析器計數。原發性AML樣品的分析以兩份且平均化的方式實施。CD34+之誤差表示2個獨立正常供體樣品的平均值+/-SD。結果相對於DMSO對照中所計數的群落數目進行校正。所指定藥物濃度塗鋪在D1上。特別地,化合物1+化合物2在不影響正常CD34+群落生長的功能的情況下遏制AML群落形成活性。 總而言之,實例2及實例3展示BCL-2及MCL1之雙重藥理學抑制為治療AML的一種新穎方法,其不需要額外化學療法且利用可接受治療性安全窗口。實例 4 回應於作為單一藥劑之 MCL1 抑制劑或與 BCL - 2 抑制劑組合之多發性骨髓瘤細胞存活的活體外評估 27個人類多發性骨髓瘤細胞株對化合物1、化合物2或在1 µM之化合物1存在下的化合物2的靈敏度藉由使用MTT細胞存活率檢定來分析。測定50%抑制濃度(IC50 ,以nM為單位)。 結果展示於下表中: 當使化合物1與化合物2組合時,在大部分細胞株中表明了相比於單獨化合物之較強的協同活性。實例 5 組合 MCL1 抑制劑與 BCL - 2 抑制劑在 17 個彌漫性大 B 細胞淋巴瘤 ( DLBCL ) 細胞株組中對增殖的活體外影響 材料及方法 細胞株來源於且保持在如表1所指示之補充有FCS(胎牛血清)的鹼性培養物中。另外,所有培養物皆含有青黴素(100 IU/ml)、鏈黴素(100 µg/ml)及L-麩醯胺酸(2 mM)。除非另外提及,否則培養物及補充劑來自Amimed/Bioconcept (Allschwil, Switzerland)。 細胞株在37℃下在含有5% CO2 的潮濕氛圍中培養且在T-75燒瓶中擴增。在所有情況下,細胞自凍結儲備液解凍,使用合適稀釋液擴增≥1代,使用CASY細胞計數器(Omni Life Science, Bremen, Germany)計數且檢定存活率,隨後以表1中所指定的密度塗鋪25 μl/孔至384孔盤(Corning)中。所有細胞株藉由在Idexx Radil (Columbia, MO, USA)處實施的PCR檢定確定為無黴漿菌污染物,且藉由在Asuragen (Austin, TX, USA)或內部檢定48個小核苷酸多態性(SNP)組排除辨識錯誤。 化合物之儲備溶液以10 mM之濃度在DMSO (Sigma)中製備且儲存於-20℃下。當需要得到全部劑量-反應曲線時,儲備溶液在DMSO中預稀釋至所需起始濃度的1'000倍(參見表2)。在細胞接種之後的那天,使用非接觸300D數位施配器(TECAN, Männedorf, Switzerland)以單獨地或以棋盤格方式之所有可能的排列直接將各化合物之8個2.5倍的連續稀釋液施配至細胞分析盤中,如圖4中所概述。所有孔中之最終DMSO濃度為0.2%。 在培育2天之後,分析單一藥劑以及其棋盤格組合對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo (Promega, Madison, WI, USA)根據條件以25 μL反應劑/孔及n=2個複寫盤量化細胞ATP含量來進行。發光在M1000多用途讀盤儀(TECAN, Männedorf, Switzerland)上量化。在化合物添加時同樣地分析細胞的數目/存活率且用於分析特定細胞株之群體倍增時間的程度。 使用標準四參數曲線擬合計算單一藥劑IC50 。化合物組合之間的潛在協同相互作用根據洛伊相加模型(Loewe additivity model)使用過量抑制2D矩陣來分析,且報導為協同作用分值(Synergy Score) (Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666)。所有計算使用組合分析模組(Combination Analysis Module)內部軟體來實施。IC50 定義為CTG信號減少至媒劑(DMSO)對照所量測之50%時的化合物濃度。 協同作用分值之解釋如下: SS ~ 0 → 相加性 SS >1 → 弱協同 SS >2 → 協同 1 . 用於組合實驗中之17個彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤細胞株的識別及分析條件。 *此培養物進一步補充有50 µM 2-巰基乙醇。基於結束時相比於化合物培育開始時之ATP含量的差值來計算倍增時間。 2. 指定化合物3及化合物1,HCl之單一藥劑IC50 值,以及其組合之協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。 「起始濃度(Start conc)」意指起始濃度。 「無水IC50 (Abs IC50 )」意指無水IC50 。 「最大抑制(Max Inh)」意指最大抑制。 結果 在17個彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤(DLBCL)細胞株組中分析組合MCL1抑制劑化合物3與BCL-2抑制劑化合物1,HCl對增殖的影響。 化合物3作為單一藥劑強有力地抑制了所測試之17個DLBCL細胞株中大部分的生長(表1)。因此,14個細胞株顯示小於100 nM的IC50 ,且額外1個細胞株顯示100 nM與1μ M之間的IC50 。僅2個細胞株顯示大於1μ M的IC50 。 化合物1,HCl作為單一藥劑亦抑制所測試之17個DLBCL細胞株中大部分的生長,儘管不太有效(表2)。因此,2個細胞株顯示小於100 nM之IC50 ,且6個細胞株顯示100 nM與1μ M之間的IC50 。9個細胞株顯示大於1μ M之IC50 (其中4個大於10μ M)。 化合物3及化合物1,HCl的組合處理造成所測試之17個中之16個DLBCL細胞株的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值-Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 July ; 27(7): 659-666)(表2)。在5個細胞株中,用5與10之間的協同作用分值標記協同效應。在4個細胞株中,協同效應為優越的,獲得10與17.3之間的協同作用分值。重要的是,協同不依賴於單一藥劑抗增殖效應,且事實上在化合物3及化合物1自身不展示抗增殖效應之濃度下協同為尤其強的。舉例而言,在DB細胞中,所測試之第二最低濃度的化合物3及化合物1分別引發僅1%及2%的生長抑制,而兩個化合物之對應組合獲得96%的生長抑制(圖4A,左圖),因此比基於單一藥劑活性所計算之相加性高91%(圖4A,右圖)。作為另一實例,在Toledo細胞中,其中化合物3不太有效且在所測試之最高濃度下僅獲得部分生長抑制(46%),與化合物1之第二最低濃度之組合造成98%之協同生長抑制(圖4B,左圖),因此比基於單一藥劑活動所計算之相加性高52%(圖4B,右圖)。 此外,值得注意的是,協同效應在遍及大範圍之單一藥劑濃度內出現,此應證明關於給藥含量及安排之靈活性方面在活體內為有益的。 總而言之,化合物3及化合物1之組合在大部分所測試之DLBCL細胞株中獲得較強至優越的協同生長抑制。實例 6 MCL1 抑制劑 ( 化合物 3 ) BCL - 2 抑制劑 ( 化合物 1 ) 之組合對 Karpas422 異種移植物的活體內療效 材料及方法 腫瘤細胞培養及細胞接種 Karpas 422人類B細胞非霍奇金氏淋巴瘤(NHL)細胞株自患有抗化學治療NHL之患者的肋膜積液建立。細胞由DSMZ細胞庫獲得,且在空氣中含5% CO2 之氛圍中,37℃下,在補充有10% FCS (BioConcept Ltd. Amimed)、2 mM L-麩醯胺酸(BioConcept Ltd. Amimed)、1 mM丙酮酸鈉(BioConcept Ltd. Amimed)及10 mM HEPES (Gibco)的RPMI-1640培養物(BioConcept Ltd. Amimed,)中培養。細胞保持在0.5×106與1.5×106個細胞/mL之間。為建立Karpas 422,收集異種移植物細胞且再懸浮於HBSS (Gibco)中且與基質膠(BD Bioscience) (1:1 v/v)混合,隨後在用異氟醚麻醉的動物的右側腹皮下注射含有1×107個細胞的200 µL。在細胞接種之前的二十四小時,所有動物皆使用ɤ-照射器用5Gy照射超過2分鐘。腫瘤生長 細胞接種後定期監測腫瘤生長且在腫瘤體積達到合適體積時將動物隨機分佈入治療組(n=5)。在治療時段期間,約一週兩次使用測徑規量測腫瘤體積。以mm3 為單位之腫瘤尺寸由(L×W2×π/6)計算。其中W=腫瘤之寬度且L=腫瘤之長度。治療 攜帶腫瘤之動物(大鼠)在其腫瘤達到合適尺寸時登記入治療組(n=5)以形成具有約450 mm3 之平均腫瘤體積的組。治療組如表3中所概述。在用於化合物3之媒劑或化合物3藉由15分鐘iv 輸液投與之前的1 h,用於化合物1,HCl之媒劑或化合物1,HCl藉由口服(po )管飼投與。對於iv 輸液,動物用異氟醚/O2 麻醉,且媒劑或化合物3經由在尾部靜脈中之插管投與。動物在給藥日稱重且根據體重調節劑量,對於兩種化合物而言,給藥量為10 ml/kg。體重 動物每週至少稱重2次,且常常檢測任何不良效應的明顯病徵。資料分析及統計評估 使用GraphPad Prism 7.00 (GraphPad Software)以統計方式分析腫瘤資料。若資料中之變動為正常分佈,則資料使用具有事後鄧尼特測試(post hoc Dunnett's test)的單因子變異數分析(one-way ANOVA)來分析,用於治療組與對照組之對比。事後杜凱氏測試(post hoc Tukey's test)用於對比。或者,使用Kruskal-Wallis評級的事後鄧恩測試(post hoc Dunn's test)。適當時,結果呈現為平均值±SEM。 作為療效之量測,T/C%值在實驗結束時根據下式計算: (Δ腫瘤體積治療 /腫瘤體積對照 )*100 腫瘤消退根據下式計算: -(Δ腫瘤體積治療 /腫瘤體積開始治療時 )*100 其中Δ腫瘤體積表示評估日的平均腫瘤體積減去實驗開始時的平均腫瘤體積。 3 . 用於攜帶Karpass422異種移植物大鼠之組合療效的治療組 當平均腫瘤體積為約450 mm3 時起始治療。化合物1,HCl在PEG400/EtOH/Phosal 50 PG (30/10/60)中調配且化合物3置放於溶液中。 QW意指每週一次。 結果 在以20 mg/kgiv 輸液化合物3之前1 h以150 mg/kgpo 化合物1游離鹼的組合治療引起自治療開始的第30天所有Karpas422腫瘤的完全消退(圖5)。在治療於第35天至第90天停止之後,治療組中之所有動物保持無腫瘤。在組合組中觀測到相比於單一藥劑活性的積極組合效應。在第34天,單一藥劑化合物3及組合組中之腫瘤反應明顯不同於媒劑組(p<0.05)。組合治療基於體重變化具有良好的耐受性(圖6)。實例 7 MCL1 抑制劑 ( 化合物 3 ) BCL - 2 抑制劑 ( 化合物 1 HCl) 之組合對 DLBCL Toledo 異種移植物的活體內療效 材料及方法 細胞植入 異種移植模型藉由將具有50%基質膠的3百萬托萊多細胞懸浮液直接皮下(sc)植入SCID/米色小鼠之皮下區域建立。所有程序使用無菌技術進行。在整個程序時段期間麻醉小鼠。 一般而言,總計每組6個動物參與療效研究。對於單一藥劑及組合研究而言,動物經由口服管飼(po)給藥化合物1,且經由尾部靜脈靜脈內(iv)給藥化合物3。化合物1,HCl調配為PEG300/EtOH/水(40/10/50)中之溶液,且化合物3置放於溶液中。當腫瘤在細胞植入後第26天達到大致220 mm3 時,攜帶腫瘤之小鼠隨機分佈入治療組。 包括所有治療組之劑量安排之研究設計概述於下表中。在給藥日稱重動物且根據體重調節劑量,給藥量為10 ml/kg。在隨機化時收集腫瘤尺寸及體重且其後在研究期間每週收集兩次。各天收集資料之後提供以下資料:死亡發生率、個體及組平均體重以及個體及組平均腫瘤體積。 對於在托萊多模型中研究而言,在細胞植入之後的第26天,當平均腫瘤體積為約218至228 mm3 時,開始治療。 QW意指每週一次。體重 ( BW ) 如下計算體重變化百分比:(BW當前 - BW初始 )/(BW初始 ) × 100。資料呈現為自治療開始之日起的體重變化百分比。腫瘤體積及研究中剩餘小鼠百分比 治療/對照(T/C)百分比值使用下式計算: T/C% = 100 ´ DT/DC若DT >0 消退% = 100 ´ DT/T0 若DT <0 其中: T =最終研究日之藥物治療組的平均腫瘤體積; DT = 最終研究日之藥物治療組之平均腫瘤體積-初始給藥日之藥物治療組之平均腫瘤體積; T0 =定組日之藥物治療組之平均腫瘤體積; C =最終研究日之對照組的平均腫瘤體積;及 DC = 最終研究日之對照組之平均腫瘤體積-初始給藥日之對照組之平均腫瘤體積。 研究中剩餘小鼠百分比=6-達至終點之小鼠數目/6*100統計分析 所有資料表現為平均值±平均值標準誤差(SEM)。△腫瘤體積及體重變化百分比用於統計分析。使用單因數ANOVA,隨後使用事後圖克測試(post hoc Tukey test)進行組間之比較。對於所有統計評估,顯著性水準設定為p<0.05。除非另外說明,否則報導相比於媒劑對照組之顯著性。 結果 在托萊多模型中,100 mg/kg之化合物1游離鹼產生37% T/C之統計學上顯著之抗腫瘤效應。25 mg/kg之化合物3產生102% T/C之無抗腫瘤效應(圖7)。化合物1+化合物3之組合產生3% T/C之腫瘤停滯,此相比於媒劑、化合物1及化合物3治療之腫瘤為統計學上顯著的(p<0.05,藉由單因子變異數分析測試(one-way ANOVA test))。 因此,BCL-2及MCL1在DLBCL中之組合抑制可產生臨床治療效益。另外,圖8展示針對托萊多之平均體重變化。化合物1,HCl及化合物3之小鼠治療呈現體重增加(分別1.081%及2.3%)。組合組展示少量體重損失(-3.2%)。在此研究中未觀測到其他不良事件病徵。整個研究中的所有6個動物存活。 總而言之,實例2、實例6及實例7展示MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑之組合在攜帶源自急性骨髓白血病及人類淋巴瘤之細胞株的異種移植物的小鼠及大鼠中在耐受劑量下為有效的,此表明可利用此組合在此等疾病中實現適合之治療窗。實例 8 組合 MCL1 抑制劑及 BCL - 2 抑制劑於 13 個急性骨髓白血病 ( AML ) 細胞株組中對增殖的活體外影響。 材料及方法 細胞株來源於且保持在如表1所指示之補充有FBS(胎牛血清)的鹼性培養物中。另外,所有培養物皆含有青黴素(100 IU/ml)、鏈黴素(100 µg/ml)及L-麩醯胺酸(2 mM)。 細胞株在37℃下在含有5% CO2 的潮濕氛圍中培養且在T-150燒瓶中擴增。在所有情況下自冷凍儲備液解凍細胞,使用合適的稀釋液擴增≥1代,使用CASY細胞計數器計數且檢定存活率,隨後以表1中所指示之密度塗鋪150 μl/孔至96孔盤中。所有細胞株皆測定為內部無黴漿菌污染物。 化合物之儲備溶液以在DMSO中5 mM之濃度製備且儲存於-20℃下。 為分析化合物作為單一藥劑的活性,細胞接種且用各單獨直接施配至細胞分析盤中之化合物的9個2倍連續稀釋液處理。在培育3天之後,分析化合物對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo以75 μL反應劑/孔定量細胞ATP含量來進行。所有實驗皆重複實施三次。在多用途盤讀取器上量化發光。使用標準四參數曲線擬合計算單一藥劑IC50 。IC50 定義為CTG信號減少至媒劑(DMSO)對照所量測之50%時的化合物濃度。 為了分析以組合形式的化合物活性,細胞接種且用各化合物之7或8個3.16倍的連續稀釋液處理,各化合物單獨地或以棋盤格方式之所有可能的排列直接施配至細胞分析盤中,如圖9所指示。在培育3天之後,分析單一藥劑以及其棋盤格組合對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo以75 μL反應劑/孔量化細胞ATP含量來進行。實施兩個獨立實驗,各者重複兩次實施。在多用途盤讀取器上量化發光。 化合物組合之間的潛在協同相互作用根據洛伊相加模型(Loewe additivity model)使用過量抑制2D矩陣來分析,且報導為協同作用分值(Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7 ; 27(7): 659-666)。所有計算皆使用ClaliceTM 生物資訊軟體來實施。 表3中所指示之倍增時間為自細胞解凍至其在96孔盤中接種之實施的不同代(在T-150燒瓶中)中所獲得之倍增時間的平均值。 協同作用分值之解釋如下: SS ~ 0 → 相加性 SS >1 → 弱協同 SS >2 → 協同 3. 用於組合實驗中之13個急性骨髓白血病(AML)細胞株的識別及分析條件。 4a. 指示13個AML細胞株中化合物3、化合物1,HCl及ABT-199的單一藥劑IC50 值。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 4b. 指示5個AML細胞株中化合物4,HCl的單一藥劑IC50 值。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 5a. 指示13個AML細胞株中化合物3及化合物1組合的協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。指示化合物之起始濃度、最大抑制之平均值及協同作用分值之標準差(sd)。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 5b. 指示8個AML細胞株中化合物3及ABT-199組合的協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。指示化合物之起始濃度、最大抑制之平均值及協同作用分值之標準差(sd)。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 5c. 指示5個AML細胞株中化合物3及化合物4,HCl組合的協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。指示化合物之起始濃度、最大抑制之平均值及協同作用分值之標準差(sd)。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 結果 組合 ( a ). 組合MCL1抑制劑化合物3及BCL-2抑制劑化合物1對增殖的影響在13個急性骨髓白血病(AML)細胞株組中分析。 化合物3作為單一藥劑強有力地抑制了所測試之13個AML細胞株中大部分的生長(表4a)。因此,10個細胞株展示小於100 nM的IC50 ,且額外2個細胞株展示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。僅1個細胞株展示大於1 μM的IC50 。 化合物1,HCl作為單一藥劑亦抑制若干個所測試之AML細胞株的生長,儘管不太有效(表4a)。因此,5個細胞株顯示小於100 nM之IC50 ,且2個細胞株顯示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。6個細胞株展示大於1 μM的IC50 。 化合物3及化合物1,HCl組合治療造成所測試之整體13個細胞株的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值)(表5a)。在2個細胞株中,用5與10之間的協同作用分值標記協同效應。在10個細胞株中,協同效應為優越的,獲得10與19.8之間的協同作用分值。重要的是,協同不依賴於單一藥劑抗增殖效應,且事實上在化合物3及化合物1自身不具有抗增殖效應之濃度下協同為尤其強的。舉例而言,在OCI-AML3細胞中,所測試之第三最低濃度的化合物3及化合物1分別引發5%及1%的生長抑制,而兩種化合物之對應組合獲得84%的生長抑制(圖9A,左上圖),因此比基於單一藥劑活性所計算之相加性高79%(圖9A,右上圖)。 此外,值得注意的是,協同效應在遍及大範圍之單一藥劑濃度內出現,此應證明關於給藥含量及安排之靈活性方面在活體內為有益的。 總而言之,化合物3及化合物1之組合在所有測試之13個AML細胞株中提供協同生長抑制。重要的是,在所測試之大部分AML細胞株中觀測到優越的協同生長抑制(10/13)。 組合 (b). 組合MCL1抑制劑化合物3及BCL-2抑制劑ABT-199對增殖的影響在8個急性骨髓白血病(AML)細胞株組中分析。 化合物3作為單一藥劑強有力地抑制了所測試之8個AML細胞株中大部分的生長(表4a)。因此,5個細胞株展示小於100 nM的IC50 ,且額外2個細胞株展示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。僅1個細胞株展示大於1 μM的IC50 。 ABT-199作為單一藥劑亦抑制AML細胞株之生長,儘管不太有效(表4a)。因此,僅1個細胞株顯示小於100 nM之IC50 ,且2個細胞株顯示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。5個細胞株展示大於1 μM的IC50 。 MCL1抑制劑及ABT-199組合治療造成所測試之8個細胞株整組的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值)(表5b)。在大部分細胞株中,協同效應為優越的,獲得10與17.6之間的協同作用分值。重要的是,協同不依賴於單一藥劑抗增殖效應,且事實上在MCL1抑制劑及ABT-199自身不具有抗增殖效應之濃度下協同為尤其強的。舉例而言,在OCI-AML3細胞中,所測試之第三最低濃度的MCL1及ABT-199分別引發26%及18%的生長抑制,而兩個化合物之對應組合獲得91%的生長抑制(圖13,左上圖)。 此外,值得注意的是,協同效應在遍及大範圍之單一藥劑濃度內出現,此應證明關於給藥含量及安排之靈活性方面在活體內為有益的。 總而言之,化合物3及ABT-199之組合獲得所有測試之8個AML細胞株的協同生長抑制。重要的是,在所測試之大部分AML細胞株中觀測到優越的協同生長抑制(7/8)。 組合 (c). 組合MCL1抑制劑化合物3及BCL-2抑制劑化合物4對增殖的影響在5個急性骨髓白血病(AML)細胞株組中分析。 化合物3作為單一藥劑強有力地抑制所測試之5個AML細胞株的生長(表4b)。因此,所有細胞株皆展示小於200 nM的IC50 。化合物4,HCl作為單一藥劑亦抑制所測試5個中之4個細胞株的生長,具有小於或等於40 nM之IC50 ,一個細胞株對具有10 µM之IC50 的化合物4具有耐受性。化合物3及化合物4,HCl的組合治療造成所測試之整體5個細胞株的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值)(表5c)。在2個細胞株中,用5與10之間的協同作用分值標記協同效應。在1個細胞株中,協同效應為優越的,獲得16.5之協同作用分值。重要的是,協同不依賴於單一藥劑抗增殖效應,且事實上在化合物4,HCl及化合物3自身不具有或具有較低之抗增殖效應的濃度下協同為尤其強的。舉例而言,在OCI-AML3細胞中,所測試之第三最低濃度的化合物4,HCl及化合物3分別引發1%及40%的生長抑制,而兩個化合物之對應組合獲得98%之生長抑制(圖1A,左圖;代表兩個獨立實驗);因此比基於單一藥劑活性所計算之相加性高53%(圖式14A,右圖)。在ML-2中,所測試之第五最低濃度的化合物4,HCl及化合物3分別引發18%及26%的生長抑制,而兩個化合物之對應組合獲得100%的生長抑制(圖14B,左圖;代表兩個獨立實驗),因此比基於單一藥劑活性所計算之相加性高51%(圖15,右圖)。 總而言之,化合物4及化合物3之組合獲得所有測試之5個AML細胞株的協同生長抑制。實例 9 組合 MCL1 抑制劑及 BCL - 2 抑制劑於 12 個神經母細胞瘤 ( NB ) 細胞株組中對增殖的活體外影響 材料及方法 細胞株來源於且保持在表1中所指示之補充有FBS的鹼性培養物中。另外,所有培養物皆含有青黴素(100 IU/ml)、鏈黴素(100 µg/ml)及L-麩醯胺酸(2 mM)。細胞株在37℃下在含有5% CO2 的潮濕氛圍中培養且在T-150燒瓶中擴增。在所有情況下,自冷凍儲備液解凍細胞,使用合適的稀釋液擴增≥1代,使用CASY細胞計數器計數且分析存活率,隨後以表6中所指示之密度塗鋪150 μl/孔至96孔盤中。所有細胞株皆測定為內部無黴漿菌污染物。 化合物之儲備溶液以在DMSO中5 mM之濃度製備且儲存於-20℃下。為分析化合物作為單一藥劑的活性,細胞接種且用各單獨直接施配至細胞分析盤中之化合物的9個3.16倍連續稀釋液處理。在培育2或3天(如表6所指示)之後,分析化合物對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo以150 μL反應劑/孔量化細胞ATP含量來進行。實施兩個獨立實驗,各者重複實施兩次。所有實驗皆重複實施三次。在多用途盤讀取器上量化發光。使用標準四參數曲線擬合計算單一藥劑IC50 。IC50 定義為CTG信號減少至媒劑(DMSO)對照所量測之50%時的化合物濃度。 實施相同實驗以分析化合物組合之間的潛在協同相互作用。使用過量抑制2D矩陣根據洛伊相加性模型分析協同作用分值(Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7月; 27(7): 659-666)。所有計算皆使用Chalice TM生物資訊軟體來進行。 表6中所指示之倍增時間為自細胞解凍至其在96孔盤中接種之實施的不同代(在T-150燒瓶中)中所獲得之倍增時間的平均值。 協同作用分值之解釋如下: SS ~ 0 → 相加性 SS >1 → 弱協同 SS >2 → 協同 6. 用於組合實驗中之12個神經母細胞瘤(NB)細胞株的識別及分析條件。 7. 指示化合物3及化合物1,HCl的單一藥劑IC50 值。化合物在2或3天期間與細胞一起培育。 8. 指示與化合物3及化合物1,HCl組合的協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。化合物在2或3天期間與細胞一起培育。 結果 MCL1抑制劑化合物3與BCL-2抑制劑化合物1之組合對增殖的影響在12個神經母細胞瘤細胞株組中分析。所測試之12個中之3個細胞株對作為單一藥劑之化合物3敏感(表7)。1個細胞株展示小於100 nM的IC50 ,且額外2個細胞株展示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。 所有細胞株皆對化合物1,HCl作為單一藥劑具有耐受性,其中所測試之所有細胞株展示大於1 µM的IC50 。化合物3及化合物1的組合治療造成所測試之12中之11個NB細胞株的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值-Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666)(表8)。在5個細胞株中,協同效應為優越的,獲得10與17.81之間的協同作用分值。重要的是,協同不依賴於單一藥劑抗增殖效應,且事實上在化合物3及化合物1,HCl自身不展示抗增殖效應之濃度下協同為尤其強的。舉例而言,在LAN-6細胞中,630 nM之化合物3及化合物1,HCl分別引發僅12%及0%的生長抑制,而兩個化合物之對應組合獲得95%的生長抑制(圖10,左上圖),因此比基於單一藥劑活性所計算之相加性大76%(圖10,右上圖)。總而言之,化合物3及化合物1之組合獲得大部分所測試之神經母細胞瘤細胞株的較強至優越的協同生長抑制。實例 10 組合 MCL1 抑制劑及 BCL - 2 抑制劑在 8 B 細胞急性淋巴母細胞性白血病組 ( B - ALL ) 10 T 細胞急性淋巴母細胞性白血病組 ( T - ALL ) 細胞株中對增殖的活體外影響。 材料及方法 細胞株來源於且保持在表1中所指示之補充有FBS的鹼性培養物中。另外,所有培養物皆含有青黴素(100 IU/ml)、鏈黴素(100 μg/ml)及L麩醯胺酸(2 mM)。細胞株在37℃下在含有5% CO2 的潮濕氛圍中培養且在T-150燒瓶中擴增。在所有情況下,自冷凍儲備液解凍細胞,使用合適的稀釋液擴增≥1代,使用CASY細胞計數器計數且分析存活率,隨後以表9中所指示之密度塗鋪150 μl/孔至96孔盤中。所有細胞株皆測定為內部無黴漿菌污染物。 化合物之儲備溶液以5 mM之濃度在DMSO中製備且儲存於-20℃下。為分析化合物作為單一藥劑的活性,細胞接種且用各單獨直接施配至細胞分析盤中之化合物的9個2倍連續稀釋液處理。在培育3天之後,分析化合物對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo以75 μL反應劑/孔量化細胞ATP含量來進行。所有條件進行重複三次測試。在多用途盤讀取器上量化發光。使用標準四參數曲線擬合計算單一藥劑IC50 。IC50 定義為CTG信號減少至媒劑(DMSO)對照所量測之50%時的化合物濃度。 為了分析以組合形式的化合物活性,細胞接種且用各化合物之7或8個3.16倍的連續稀釋液處理,各化合物單獨地或以棋盤格方式之所有可能的排列直接施配至細胞檢定盤中,如圖1所指示。在培育3天之後,分析單一藥劑及其棋盤格組合對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo以75 μL反應劑/孔量化細胞ATP含量來進行。對於B-ALL細胞株而言,實施兩個獨立實驗,所實施的各個實驗重複兩次。對於T-ALL細胞株而言,實施一個實驗,其重複三次實施。在多用途盤讀取器上量化發光。 化合物組合之間的潛在協同相互作用根據洛伊相加模型(Loewe additivity model)使用過量抑制2D矩陣來分析,且報導為協同作用分值(Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol . 2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666)。所有計算使用在地平線網站(Horizon website)中可獲得之Chalice TM生物資訊軟體來實施。 表9中所指示之倍增時間為自細胞解凍至其在96孔盤中接種之實施的不同代(在T-150燒瓶中)中所獲得之倍增時間的平均值。 協同作用分值之解釋如下: SS ~ 0 → 相加性 SS >1 →弱協同 SS >2 → 協同 9. 用於組合實驗中之8個B-ALL及10個T-ALL細胞株的識別及分析條件。 10. 指示8個B-ALL及10個T-ALL細胞株中化合物3及化合物1,HCl的單一藥劑IC50 值。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 11. 指示8個B-ALL及10個T-ALL細胞株中化合物3及化合物1,HCl組合的協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。指示化合物之起始濃度、最大抑制之平均值及協同作用分值之標準差(sd)。化合物在3天期間與細胞一起培育。 結果 分析組合MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑於8個B-ALL及10個T-ALL細胞株組中對增殖的影響。 MCL1抑制劑作為單一藥劑強有力地抑制了所測試之大部分ALL細胞株的生長(表10)。因此,13個ALL細胞株展示小於100 nM的IC50 ,且額外2個ALL細胞株展示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。僅3個ALL細胞株展示大於1 μM的IC50 。 BCL-2抑制劑作為單一藥劑亦抑制了所測試之若干個ALL細胞株的生長,儘管其不太有效(表10)。因此,5個細胞株顯示小於100 nM之IC50 ,且2個細胞株顯示100 nM與1 μM之間的IC50 。11個ALL細胞株展示大於1 μM的IC50 。 MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑組合治療造成所測試之總體17/18之ALL細胞株的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值-Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666)(表11)。在6個細胞株中,用5與10之間的協同作用分值標記協同效應。在5個細胞株中,協同效應為優越的,獲得10與15.9之間的協同作用分值。重要的是,協同不依賴於單一藥劑抗增殖效應,且事實上在MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑自身不具有抗增殖效應之濃度下協同為尤其強的。舉例而言,在NALM-6細胞中,所測試之第四最低濃度的MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑分別引發6%及8%的生長抑制,而兩種化合物之對應組合獲得61%的生長抑制(圖11,左上圖)。 此外,值得注意的是,協同效應在遍及大範圍之單一藥劑濃度內出現,此應證明關於給藥含量及安排之靈活性方面在活體內為有益的。 總而言之,MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑之組合獲得大部分(17/18)所測試之ALL細胞株的協同生長抑制。重要的是,在所測試之5/18的ALL細胞株中觀測到優越的協同生長抑制。實例 11 組合 MCL1 抑制劑及 BCL - 2 抑制劑於 5 個套細胞淋巴瘤 ( MCL ) 細胞株組中對增殖的活體外影響。 材料及方法 細胞株來源於且保持在表12中所指示之補充有FBS的鹼性培養物中。另外,所有培養物皆含有青黴素(100 IU/ml)、鏈黴素(100 µg/ml)及L-麩醯胺酸(2 mM)。 細胞株在37℃下在含有5% CO2 的潮濕氛圍中培養且在T-150燒瓶中擴增。在所有情況下,自冷凍儲備液解凍細胞,使用合適的稀釋液擴增≥1代,使用CASY細胞計數器計數且分析存活率,隨後以表12中所指示之密度塗鋪150 μl/孔至96孔盤中。所有細胞株皆測定為內部無黴漿菌污染物。 化合物之儲備溶液以在DMSO中5 mM之濃度製備且儲存於-20℃下。為了分析以單一藥劑或組合形式的化合物活性,細胞接種且用各化合物之7或8個3.16倍的連續稀釋液處理,各化合物單獨地或以棋盤格方式之所有可能的排列直接施配至細胞分析盤中。在培育2天之後,分析單一藥劑及其棋盤格組合對細胞存活率的影響,該分析在37℃/5% CO2 下藉由使用CellTiterGlo以150 μL反應劑/孔量化細胞ATP含量來進行。所有條件進行重複三次測試。在多用途盤讀取器上量化發光。 化合物組合之間的潛在協同相互作用根據洛伊相加模型(Loewe additivity model)使用過量抑制2D矩陣來分析,且報導為協同作用分值(Lehar等人, Nat Biotechnol.2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666)。所有計算使用可在地平線網站中獲得之ChaliceTM 生物資訊軟體來實施。 使用標準四參數曲線擬合計算單一藥劑IC50 。IC50 定義為CTG信號減少至媒劑(DMSO)對照所量測之50%時的化合物濃度。 表12中所指示之倍增時間為自細胞解凍至其在96孔盤中接種之實施的不同代(在T-150燒瓶中)中所獲得之倍增時間的平均值。協同作用分值 SS ~ 0 → 相加性 SS >1 → 弱協同 SS >2 →協同 12. 用於組合實驗中之5個套細胞淋巴瘤細胞株的識別及分析條件。 13. 指示5個套細胞淋巴瘤細胞株中化合物3及化合物1,HCl的單一藥劑IC50 值。化合物在2天期間與細胞一起培育。 14. 指示5個套細胞淋巴瘤細胞株中化合物3及化合物1,HCl組合的協同作用分值。當觀測之分值≥ 2.0時,認為相互作用為協同的。指示化合物之起始濃度、最大抑制及協同作用分值。化合物在2天期間與細胞一起培育。 結果 分析組合MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑於5個套細胞淋巴瘤細胞株組中對增殖的活體外影響。 作為單一藥劑,MCL1抑制劑展示相比於BCL-2抑制劑更優越的活性。因此,針對MCL1抑制劑3個細胞株展示小於100 nM的IC50 ,然而針對BCL-2抑制劑僅一個細胞株展示小於100 nM的IC50 (表13)。 MCL1抑制劑及BCL-2抑制劑組合治療造成所有測試之細胞株的協同生長抑制(表14)(亦即高於2之協同作用分值-Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666),如圖12中所例示。重要的是,在4/5個細胞株中,用高於5之協同作用分值標記協同效應。實例 12 組合 MCL1 抑制劑及 BCL - 2 抑制劑於 5 個小細胞肺癌 ( SCLC ) 細胞株組中對增殖的活體外影響。 所有細胞株由ATCC獲得。補充有10% FBS(海克隆;HyClone)之含有RPMI1640(英維羅根;Invitrogen)的培養物用於COR-L95、NCI-H146、NCI-H211、SHP-77、SW1271、NCI-H1339、NCI-H1963及NCI-H889。具有10% FBS之含有Waymouth's MB 752/1(英維羅根)的培養物用於DMS-273。含5% FBS之含有DMEM/F12(英維羅根)且補充有0.005 mg/ml胰島素、0.01 mg/ml運鐵蛋白質及30 nM亞硒酸鈉溶液(英維羅根)、10 nM氫皮質酮(Sigma)、10 nM β-雌二醇(Sigma)及2 mM L-麩醯胺酸(海克隆)的培養物用於NCI-H1105。 在37℃及5% CO2 培養箱中培養且在T-75燒瓶中擴增細胞株。在所有情況下,自冷凍儲備液解凍細胞,使用1:3稀釋液擴增≥1代,使用ViCell計數器(Beckman-Coulter)計數且分析存活率,隨後塗鋪於384孔盤中。為了分離及擴增細胞株,細胞使用0.25%胰蛋白質酶-EDTA (GIBCO)自燒瓶移出。如藉由在Idexx Radil (Columbia, MO, USA)中進行之PCR偵測方法所測定且藉由SNP組偵測恰當地確認,所有細胞株測定為無黴漿菌污染物。 細胞增殖在72小時之CellTiter-Glo™ (CTG)分析(Promega G7571)中量測,且所顯示之所有結果為至少重複三次量測的結果。為了CellTiter-Glo™分析,細胞施配至經組織培養物處理的384孔盤(Corning 3707),其具有35 μL之最終體積的培養物且呈每孔5000個細胞的密度。塗鋪24小時之後,將5 μL各化合物稀釋組轉移至含有細胞之盤中,產生0至10 μM範圍內的化合物濃度及0.16%之最終DMSO (Sigma D8418)濃度。將盤培育72小時且使用CellTiter-GloTM 發光細胞存活率分析(Promega G7571)及Envision盤讀取器(Perkin Elmer)測定化合物對細胞增殖之影響。 CellTiter-Glo®發光細胞存活率分析為基於所存在之ATP數量(其指示代謝活性細胞之存在)測定培養物中活細胞之數目的均質方法。該方法詳細描述於Technical Bulletin, TB288 Promega中。簡言之,在如上所述之培養物中在不透明壁多孔盤中塗鋪細胞。亦製備含有培養物而不含細胞之對照孔以獲得背景發光值。隨後添加15 μL之CellTiter-Glo®反應劑且在定軌振盪器(orbital shaker)上混合內含物10分鐘以誘使細胞分解。隨後,使用盤讀取器記錄發光。 使用Chalice軟體(CombinatoRx, Cambridge MA)分析生長抑制及過量抑制百分比。在經板標記之抑制中顯示相對於DMSO之生長抑制百分比,且抑制量超過經板標記之ADD過量抑制中之預期量(圖15(a)至圖15(e))。沿自左至右之底部列展示化合物1,HCl之濃度及沿自底部至頂部之最左邊行展示化合物3之增加濃度。網格顯示器中之所有剩餘點由對應於兩個軸上指示之單一藥劑濃度的兩種抑制劑的組合產生。細胞增殖之資料分析使用描述於Lehar等人,Nat Biotechnol .2009 7月 ; 27(7): 659-666中之Chalice Analyser 實施。使用Loewe協同模型計算過量抑制,其量測對生長之影響,該生長相對於兩種藥物以一種劑量添加方式表現時預期之生長。正數表示增加協同之區域。協同作用分值 SS ~ 0 → 劑量相加性 SS >2 →協同 SS >1 → 弱協同 結果 化合物1及化合物3組合治療造成8/10小細胞肺癌細胞株的協同生長抑制(亦即高於2之協同作用分值)。重要的是,在6個細胞株中,用高於6之協同作用分值標記協同效應。實例 13 MCL1 抑制劑 ( 化合物 3 ) BCL - 2 抑制劑 ( 化合物 1 HCl ABT - 199 ) 之組合對源自患者之原發性 AML 模型 HAMLX5343 的活體內療效 材料及方法 材料 動物 在操作之前,使稱重為17至27公克(傑克遜實驗室(Jackson Laboratories))的免疫不全γ (NOD scid gamma;NSG)雌性小鼠隨意取用食物及水3天以適應新環境。原發腫瘤模型 攜帶KRAS 突變之源自患者之原發性AML模型HAMLX5343及野生型FLT3 自Dana Farber癌症研究所獲得。測試化合物 調配物 化合物1,HCl在5%乙醇,20% Dexolve-7中調配為溶液以用於靜脈內投與,或在PEG300/EtOH/水(40/10/50)中調配以用於口服。ABT-199在PEG300/EtOH/水(40/10/50)中調配以用於口服。其所有在4℃下穩定至少一週。化合物3在脂質調配物中調配為溶液以用於靜脈內調配物,該調配物在4℃下穩定3週。按需要製備媒劑及化合物給藥溶液。所有動物以10 mL/kg給藥化合物1(表現為游離鹼)或ABT-199,或以5 mL/kg給藥化合物3。方法 研究設計 8個治療組用於研究7844HAMLX5343-XEF中,如表15中所概述。當平均腫瘤負荷(CD-45陽性細胞%)在8%與15%之間時,起始所有治療。 在此研究中,作為單一藥劑,化合物1藉由口服管飼(po)或靜脈內投與以50 mg/kg一週投與一次,ABT-199藉由口服管飼(po)以25 mg/kg一週投與一次,或組合化合物3以12.5 mg/kg一週投與一次,持續18天。 化合物1(表現為游離鹼)及ABT-199兩者以10 mL/kg投與。化合物3以5 mL/kg投與。劑量根據體重調節。體重每週記錄兩次且腫瘤負荷每週記錄一次。 表15. 7844HAMLX5343-XEF之劑量*及劑量安排 * 劑量表現為游離鹼 原發性 AML 模型 對此實驗,32個小鼠植入有原發性AML株HAMLX5343。小鼠靜脈內注射2.0百萬個白血病細胞。當腫瘤負荷在8%至15%之間時,動物隨機分佈成8個組,各組四個小鼠,各用於媒劑、化合物1 (po)、化合物1 (iv)、ABT-199、化合物3或組合治療。在治療18天之後,當腫瘤負荷達到99%時終止研究。腫瘤負荷藉由FACS分析量測。動物監測 每日兩次監測動物健康及行為,包括清整及移動。監測小鼠的總體健康且每日記錄死亡率。殺死任何垂死動物。腫瘤量測 小鼠每週一次經由剪尾抽血。血液分成96孔盤之IgG對照孔及CD33/CD45孔。血液在室溫下用200 µl RBC裂解緩衝液裂解兩次,隨後用FACS緩衝液洗滌一次(PBS中具有5% FBS)。隨後,樣品在100 µl阻斷緩衝液(5%小鼠Fc嵌段+5%人類Fc嵌段+90% FACS緩衝液)中在4℃下培養10至30分鐘。將20 µl IgG對照混合物(2.5 µl小鼠igG1 K同型對照-PE+2.5 µl小鼠igG1 K同型對照-APC+15 µl FACS緩衝液)添加至IgG對照孔及20 µl CD33/CD45混合物(2.5 µl小鼠抗人類CD33-PE+2.5 µl小鼠抗人類CD45-APC+15 µl FACS緩衝液)。在分析之前,樣品在4℃下培養30至60分鐘,隨後洗滌兩次。樣品在具有FACSDiva軟體之Canto上操作。用FloJo軟體進行分析。CD45-陽性活體單細胞之百分比報導為腫瘤負荷。資料分析 治療/對照(T/C)百分比值使用下式計算: %T/C = 100 ´ DT/DC若DT >0 %消退= 100 ´ DT/T初始 ,若DT <0 其中: T=最終研究日之藥物治療組的平均腫瘤負荷; DT=最終研究日之藥物治療組之平均腫瘤負荷-初始給藥日之藥物治療組之平均腫瘤負荷; T初始 =初始給藥日之藥物治療組的平均腫瘤負荷; C=最終研究日之對照組的平均腫瘤負荷;及 DC=最終研究日之對照組的平均腫瘤負荷-初始給藥日之對照組的平均腫瘤負荷。 所有資料皆表現為平均值±SEM。△腫瘤負荷及體重用以統計分析。最終量測值之組之間的對比使用杜凱氏測試之ANOVA實施。使用GraphPad Prism進行統計分析。統計分析 所有資料表現為平均值±平均值標準誤差(SEM)。△腫瘤體積及體重用以統計分析。使用Kruskal-Wallis ANOVA進行組之間的對比,隨後進行事後鄧恩測試(post hoc Dunn's test)或杜凱氏測試(Tukey's test)。對於所有統計評估,顯著性水準設定為p<0.05。除非另外說明,否則報導相比於媒劑對照組之顯著性。用於藥理學研究之標準協定未預先確定功效以展現組合相較於對應單一藥劑治療之統計上的顯著優越性。統計功效常常受有效單一藥劑反應及/或模型變異限制。然而,提供用於組合對比單一藥劑治療的p值。 結果 組合之 MCL1 BCL - 2 抑制的協同抗腫瘤效應 在7844HAMLX5343-XEF研究中,在一週一次分別以50 mg/kg(口服或iv )、25 mg/kg(口服)或12.5 mg/kg (iv )投與時,僅化合物1、ABT-199或化合物3在攜帶KRAS 突變之HAMLX5343模型中不顯示抗腫瘤活性(分別98%、92%、98%或99%的T/C%,p>0.05)。 在此模型中,當一週一次以50 mg/kg之化合物1或以25 mg/kg之ABT-199結合化合物3 (12.5 mg/kgiv )經口投與時,導致腫瘤停滯(分別3%或6%之T/C%,p<0.05)。 另一方面,靜脈內投與化合物1與化合物3之組合引起腫瘤幾乎完全消退(100%之消退%),此明顯不同於單一藥劑(p<0.05)或化合物1/化合物3 po/iv 組合。對於18天治療時段針對時間標繪各治療組的平均腫瘤負荷,如圖1中所示。腫瘤負荷、T/C%或消退%的變化呈現於表16及圖16(a)至16(b)中。 16. 7844HAMLX5343-XEF研究中抗腫瘤效應的概述 * p < 0.05對比媒劑及單一藥劑 (ANOVA,杜凱氏測試(Tukey's test)) ** p < 0.05對比po / iv 組合 (ANOVA,杜凱氏測試) 結論 AML為攻擊性及異質的惡性血液病,其由因獲得基因改變之造血祖細胞的轉型造成(Patel等人,New England Journal of Medicine 2012 366:1079-1089)。AML之5年存活率由於缺乏有效療法而較低。細胞凋亡之逃避為癌症之特點(Hanahan等人Cell 2000 100:57-70) 癌細胞藉由其逃避細胞凋亡的主要手段中之一者為藉由上調促存活BCL-2家族蛋白質,諸如BCL-2、BCL-xL及MCL1。 MCL1基因為癌症患者中最常見的擴增基因。(Beroukhim等人, Nature 2010 463:899-905)。此外,BCL-2及MCL1兩者在AML中高度表現。因此,化合物1 (BCL-2i)及化合物3 (MCL1)之組合可藉由增強促凋亡信號提供協同以作為通用機制抵抗AML。 此處吾人表明BCL-2抑制劑化合物1或ABT-199結合化合物3(MCL1抑制劑)在治療具有KRAS突變(wt FLT3)之AML異種移植模型中的AML中具有顯著的協同效應。iv / iv 化合物1/化合物3組合優於相同劑量之po / iv 組合治療。結果表明BCL-2及MCL1抑制劑之組合將為AML的有效療法。Therefore, the present invention provides a combination in Example E1, which comprises (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I):Where: ¨ X and Y represent carbon or nitrogen atoms, it should be understood that they may not represent two carbon atoms or two nitrogen atoms at the same time, ¨ A1 And A2 With the atom carrying it to form an optionally substituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring consisting of 5, 6, or 7 ring members, Het, in addition to the nitrogen indicated as X or Y, may also contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, it should be understood that the nitrogen in question may be represented by a hydrogen atom, a straight chain or a branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, or group substitution of the group -C (O) -O-Alk, where Alk is a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, or A1 And A2 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, a straight chain or a branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl or cycloalkyl, ¨ T represents a hydrogen atom, optionally a straight or branched chain substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, group (C1 -C4 Alkyl-NR1 R2 Or group (C1 -C4 Alkyl-OR6 , ¨ R1 And R2 Independently represent a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, or R1 And R2 Forms a heterocycloalkyl group with the nitrogen atom carrying it, ¨ R3 Represents a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, cycloalkyl, (C3 -C10 ) Cycloalkyl- (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, in which the alkyl moiety is straight or branched, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, it should be understood that one or more of the carbon atoms of the foregoing group or the carbon atoms of its possible substituents Can be deuterated, ¨ R4 Represents aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, or straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, it should be understood that one or more of the carbon atoms of the foregoing group or the carbon atoms of its possible substituents may be deuterated, ¨ R5 Represents a hydrogen or halogen atom, straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 Alkyl or straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, ¨ R6 Represents a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, ¨ Ra , Rb , Rc And Rd Each independently represents R7 , Halogen atom, straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, hydroxyl, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl, trifluoromethoxy, -NR7 R7 ', Nitro, R7 -CO- (C0 -C6 Alkyl-, R7 -CO-NH- (C0 -C6 Alkyl-, NR7 R7 '-CO- (C0 -C6 Alkyl-, R7 -SO2 -NH- (C0 -C6 Alkyl-, R7 -NH-CO-NH- (C0 -C6 Alkyl-, R7 -O-CO-NH- (C0 -C6 ) Alkyl-, heterocycloalkyl, or p- (Ra , Rb ), (Rb , Rc ) Or (Rc , Rd The substituent of one of), together with the carbon atom carrying it, forms a ring consisting of 5 to 7 ring members, which may contain 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from oxygen and sulfur. It is also understood that One or more carbon atoms of the ring can be deuterated or selected from 1 to 3 halogens and straight or branched chains (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl group substitution, ¨ R7 And R7 'Independent of each other means hydrogen, straight chain, or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R7 And R7 'Together with the nitrogen atom carrying it to form a heterocyclic ring consisting of 5 to 7 ring members, it should be understood that when the compound of formula (I) contains a hydroxyl group, the latter may optionally be converted into one of the following groups: -OPO (OM) (OM '), -OPO (OM) (O- M1 + ), -OPO (O- M1 + ) (O- M2 + ), -OPO (O- ) (O- ) M3 2 + , -OPO (OM) (O [CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 ) Or -OPO (O- M1 + ) (O [CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 ), Where M and M 'independently represent a hydrogen atom, a straight chain, or a branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, both of which are composed of 5 to 6 ring members, and M1 + And M2 + Independently represent pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent cations, M3 2 + Represents a pharmaceutically acceptable divalent cation, and n is an integer from 1 to 5, it should be understood:-"aryl" means phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl or indenyl,-"heteroaryl" means Means any monocyclic or bicyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring members, which has at least one aromatic moiety and contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen (including quaternary nitrogen),-" "Cycloalkyl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 3 to 10 ring members,-"heterocycloalkyl" means any consisting of 3 to 10 ring members and contains 1 to 3 Selected from oxygen, sulfur, SO, SO2 Monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic condensed group or spiro group of hetero atom of nitrogen , Alkynyl and alkoxy are substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of: Chain or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl; (C3 -C6 ) Spiro ring; optionally a straight or branched chain substituted with morpholine (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy; (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl-S-; hydroxyl; pendant oxygen;N -Oxide; nitro; cyano; -COOR '; -OCOR'; NR'R ";1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl; trifluoromethoxy; (C1 -C6 ) Alkylsulfonyl; halogen; aryl optionally substituted with one or more halogens; heteroaryl; aryloxy; arylthio; cycloalkyl; -Substituted heterocycloalkyl, wherein R 'and R "independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom or optionally a straight or branched chain substituted with methoxy (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, the Het group defined in formula (I) may be selected from 1 to 3 straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, hydroxy, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, NR1 'R1 "And halogen group substitution, it is understood that R1 'And R1 "As defined for the aforementioned groups R 'and R", or its enantiomers, diastereomers, or addition salts thereof with a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base, And (b) MCL1 inhibitors, used simultaneously, sequentially or separately. The invention also provides in Example E2 a combination comprising (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II):Among them: ¨ A means straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, -S- (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, -NW10 W10 ', -Cy6 Or a halogen atom, ¨ W1 , W2 , W3 , W4 And W5 Independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a straight chain or a branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl, hydroxy, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, -S- (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, cyano, nitro, -alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -NW8 W8 ', -O-Cy1 , -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy1 , -Alkenyl (C2 -C6 ) -Cy1 , -Alkynyl (C2 -C6 ) -Cy1 , -O-alkyl (C1 -C6 ) -W9 , -C (O) -OW8 , -O-C (O) -W8 , -C (O) -NW8 W8 ', -NW8 -C (O) -W8 ', -NW8 -C (O) -OW8 ', -Alkyl (C1 -C6 ) -NW8 -C (O) -W8 ', -SO2 -NW8 W8 ', -SO2 -Alkyl (C1 -C6 ), Or when grafted to two adjacent carbon atoms, for (W1 , W2 ), (W2 , W3 ), (W1 , W3 ), (W4 , W5 A substituent of one of), together with the carbon atom carrying it, forms an aromatic or non-aromatic ring composed of 5 to 7 ring members, which may contain 1 to 3 hetero atoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen Atom, it should be understood that the resulting ring may be selected from straight or branched chains (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, -NW10 W10 ', -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy1 Or pendant oxygen groups, ¨ X 'represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, ¨ W6 Represents hydrogen, straight or branched chain (C1 -C8 ) Alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl (C1 -C6 ) Group, heteroarylalkyl (C1 -C6 ) Group, ¨ W7 Represents a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, -Cy3 , -Alkyl (C1 -C6 ) -Cy3 , -Alkenyl (C2 -C6 ) -Cy3 , -Alkynyl (C2 -C6 ) -Cy3 , -Cy3 -Cy4 , -Alkynyl (C2 -C6 ) -O-Cy3 , -Cy3 -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -O-alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy4 , Halogen atom, cyano, -C (O) -W11 Or -C (O) -NW11 W11 ', ¨ W8 And W8 'Independently of each other means a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl or -alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy1 , Or (W8 , W8 ') Together with the nitrogen atom carrying it to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring composed of 5 to 7 ring members, which may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen in addition to nitrogen It should be understood that the nitrogen in question may be represented by a hydrogen atom, or a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl group substitution, and it is understood that one or more carbon atoms of possible substituents may be deuterated, ¨ W9 Means -Cy1 , -Cy1 -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy2 , -Cy1 -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -O-alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy2 , -Cy1 -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -NW8 -Alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy2 , -Cy1 -Cy2 -O-alkyl (C0 -C6 ) -Cy5 , -C (O) -NW8 W8 ', -NW8 W8 ', -OW8 , -NW8 -C (O) -W8 ', -O-alkyl (C1 -C6 ) -OW8 , -SO2 -W8 , -C (O) -OW8 , -NH-C (O) -NH-W8 ,,orThe ammonium thus defined may exist in the form of a zwitterion or have a monovalent counter ion, ¨ W10 , W10 ', W11 And W11 'Independently of each other means a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, ¨ W12 Represents hydrogen or hydroxyl, ¨ W13 Represents a hydrogen atom or a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, ¨ W14 Represents -O-P (O) (O- ) (O- ) Group, -O-P (O) (O- ) (OW16 ) Group, -O-P (O) (OW16 ) (OW16 ') Group, -O-SO2 -O- Group, -O-SO2 -OW16 Group, -Cy7 , -O-C (O) -W15 Group, -O-C (O) -OW15 Group or -O-C (O) -NW15 W15 'Group, ¨ W15 And W15 'Independently of each other means a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl or linear or branched amine (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, ¨ W16 And W16 'Independently of each other means a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl or arylalkyl (C1 -C6 ) Group, ¨ Cy1 , Cy2 , Cy3 , Cy4 , Cy5 , Cy6 And Cy7 Each independently represents a cycloalkyl group, a heterocycloalkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group, and n is an integer equal to 0 or 1, it should be understood that: "aryl" means phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, Dihydroindenyl or indenyl,-"heteroaryl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring members, which has at least one aromatic moiety and contains 1 to 3 members selected from oxygen, Heteroatoms of sulfur and nitrogen,-"Cycloalkyl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 3 to 10 ring members,-"heterocycloalkyl" means any containing 3 to 10 A monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group of a ring member containing 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen, which may include a fused, bridged, or spiro ring system, an aryl group as may be defined as such , Heteroaryl, cycloalkyl, and heterocycloalkyl, and alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkoxy are substituted by 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of straight or branched (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl, which may be represented by a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy group substitution, the linear or branched chain (C1 -C6 Alkoxy can be straight or branched (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl, hydroxy, halogen, pendant oxy, -NW'W ", -O-C (O) -W 'or -CO-NW'W' 'substitution; straight or branched chain (C2 -C6 ) Alkenyl; can be represented by straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Linear or branched chain substituted with alkoxy groups (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl; may be represented by a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy, linear or branched (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl, linear or branched (C2 -C6 ) Alkynyl, -NW'W '' or hydroxyl-substituted straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Alkoxy; can be represented by straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 (C) alkoxy group substituted (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl-S-; hydroxyl; pendant oxygen;N -Oxide; nitro; cyano; -C (O) -OW '; -OC (O) -W'; -CO-NW'W ''; -NW'W '';-(C = NW ' ) -OW ''; linear or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Polyhaloalkyl; trifluoromethoxy; or halogen; it should be understood that W ′ and W ″ independently represent a hydrogen atom or may represent a straight or branched chain (C1 -C6 ) Linear or branched chain substituted with alkoxy groups (C1 -C6 ) Alkyl; and it is understood that one or more of the carbon atoms of the foregoing possible substituents may be deuterated, their enantiomers, diastereomers or configuration isomers, or their pharmaceutically acceptable Addition salts of accepted acids or bases are used simultaneously, sequentially or separately. A further enumerated example (E) of the invention is described herein. It should be recognized that features specified in each embodiment may be combined with other specified features to provide other embodiments of the present invention. E3. A combination according to E1, wherein the MCL1 inhibitor is a compound of formula (II) as defined in E2. E4. A combination according to any one of E1 to E3, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor isN -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 (1H ) -Isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl}-N -Phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazinecarboxamide. E5. A combination according to any one of E1 to E3, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is 5- (5-chloro-2-{[(3S ) -3- (morpholin-4-ylmethyl) -3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2 (1H ) -Yl] carbonyl} phenyl)-N -(5-cyano-1,2-dimethyl-1H -Pyrrole-3-yl)-N -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2-dimethyl-1H -Pyrrole-3-carboxamide. E6. A combination according to E4, whereinN -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 (1H ) -Isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl}-N -Phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazinecarboxamide is in the form of the hydrochloride salt. E7. A combination according to E5, wherein 5- (5-chloro-2-{[((3S ) -3- (morpholin-4-ylmethyl) -3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2 (1H ) -Yl] carbonyl} phenyl)-N -(5-cyano-1,2-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole-3-yl)-N -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2-dimethyl-1H -Pyrrole-3-formamidine is in the form of the hydrochloride. E8. A combination according to E4 or E6, wherein during the combination therapy,N -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 (1H ) -Isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl}-N The dosage of -phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazinecarboxamide is 50 mg to 1500 mg. E9. A combination according to any one of E1 to E8, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is administered once a week. E10. A combination according to E6 or E8, wherein during the combination treatment,N -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 (1H ) -Isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl}-N -Phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazine formamide is administered once a day. E11. A combination according to any one of E1 to E3, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is ABT-199. E12. A combination according to any one of E1 to E11, wherein the MCL1 inhibitor is (2R )-2-{[(5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (5-fluorofuran-2-yl ) Thieno [2,3-d ] Pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[1- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) -1H-pyrazol-5-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propyl acid. E13. A combination according to any one of E1 to E11, wherein the MCL1 inhibitor is (2R )-2-{[(5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (4-fluorophenyl) thieno [2,3-d ] Pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[2- (2-methoxyphenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propionic acid. E14. A combination according to any one of E1 to E13, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are administered orally. E15. A combination according to any one of E1 to E13, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is administered orally and the MCL1 inhibitor is administered intravenously. E16. A combination according to any one of E1 to E13, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are administered intravenously. E17. A combination according to any one of E1 to E16, for use in treating cancer. E18. The combination for use according to E17, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in a co-therapeutic effective amount for treating cancer. E19. The combination for use according to E17, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in a synergistically effective amount for treating cancer. E20. The combination for use according to E17, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in a synergistically effective amount to achieve the required dose reduction of each compound in cancer treatment, while providing effective cancer treatment and ultimately reducing side effects. E21. The combination used according to any one of E17 to E20, wherein the cancer is leukemia. E22. The combination for use according to E21, wherein the cancer is acute myeloid leukemia, T-ALL or B-ALL. E23. The combination for use according to any one of E17 to E20, wherein the cancer is a myelodysplastic syndrome or a myeloproliferative disease. E24. The combination for use according to any one of E17 to E20, wherein the cancer is lymphoma. E25. The combination for use according to any one of E24, wherein the lymphoma is a non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. E26. The combination for use according to any one of E25, wherein the non-Hodgkin's lymphoma is a diffuse large B-cell lymphoma or a mantle-cell lymphoma. E27. The combination for use according to any one of E17 to E20, wherein the cancer is multiple myeloma. E28. The combination for use according to any one of E17 to E20, wherein the cancer is a neuroblastoma. E29. The combination for use according to any one of E17 to E20, wherein the cancer is small cell lung cancer. E30. A combination according to any one of E1 to E16, further comprising one or more excipients. E31. Use of a combination according to any one of E1 to E16 in the manufacture of a medicament for treating cancer. E32. The use according to E31, wherein the cancer is leukemia. E33. The use according to E32, wherein the cancer is acute myeloid leukemia, T-ALL or B-ALL. E34. The use according to E31, wherein the cancer is a myelodysplastic syndrome or a myeloproliferative disease. E35. The use according to E31, wherein the cancer is lymphoma. E36. The use according to E35, wherein the lymphoma is a non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. E37. The use according to E36, wherein the non-Hodgkin's lymphoma is diffuse large B-cell lymphoma or mantle cell lymphoma. E38. The use according to E31, wherein the cancer is multiple myeloma. E39. The use according to E31, wherein the cancer is a neuroblastoma. E40. The use according to E31, wherein the cancer is small cell lung cancer. E41. A drug which contains, separately or together, (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as defined in E1, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration And wherein BCL-2 inhibitor and MCL1 inhibitor are provided in effective amounts for the treatment of cancer. E42. A drug that contains, separately or together, (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as defined in E2 for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration And wherein BCL-2 inhibitor and MCL1 inhibitor are provided in effective amounts for the treatment of cancer. E43. A method for treating cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a co-therapeutic effective amount of (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as defined in E1, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor. E44. A method for treating cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a (a) BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) a MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as defined in E2. E45. A method for sensitizing a patient who is (i) difficult to treat with at least one chemotherapy or (ii) relapses after treatment with chemotherapy, or (i) and (ii), wherein the method comprises administering to the patient A co-therapeutic effective amount is administered of (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as defined in El, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor. E46. A method for sensitizing a patient who is (i) difficult to treat with at least one chemotherapy or (ii) relapses after treatment with chemotherapy, or (i) and (ii), wherein the method comprises administering to the patient And (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as defined in E2. "Combination" means a fixed-dose combination, non-fixed-dose combination, or divided portion of a unit dosage form (e.g., capsule, lozenge, or sachet) for combined administration, in which the compound of the invention and Combinations (for example, another drug explained below, also known as a "therapeutic agent" or "adjuvant") can be administered simultaneously and independently or separately at time intervals, especially during these time intervals that the combination matches When things show cooperation, such as synergy. The term "co-administration" or "combination administration" or similar terms as used herein is intended to cover the administration of a selected combination partner to a single individual in need (e.g., a patient), and is intended to include the medicament not necessarily by the same The route of administration administers or concurrently administers the treatment plan. The term "fixed dose combination" means that the active ingredients, such as a compound of formula (I) and one or more combination partners, are both administered to a patient simultaneously in the form of a single entity or dosage. The term "unfixed dose combination" means that the active ingredients, such as the compound of the present invention and one or more combination combinations, are administered to a patient simultaneously or sequentially in the form of separate entities without specific time limits, wherein the administration provides treatment An effective amount of both compounds is administered to the patient. The latter is also suitable for admixture therapy, such as administration of 3 or more active ingredients. "Cancer" means a type of disease in which the cell population exhibits uncontrolled growth. Cancer types include hematological cancers (lymphoma and leukemia) and solid tumors including cancer, sarcoma or blastoma. In particular, "cancer" refers to leukemia, lymphoma, or multiple myeloma, and more particularly to acute myeloid leukemia. The term `` co-therapeutic effect '' means that the therapeutic agent can be administered separately in such time intervals that its preferences still show (preferably synergistic) interactions (co-therapeutic effects) in warm-blooded animals (especially humans to be treated) ( Staggered in chronological order, especially in a specific sequential manner). Regardless of whether this can be done, in particular, based on blood content determinations, it appears that both compounds are present in the human blood to be treated at least for some time interval. "Synergistically effective" or "synergistic" means that the therapeutic effect observed after the administration of two or more agents is greater than the total therapeutic effect observed after the administration of each single agent. As used herein, the term "treat / treating / treatment" of any disease or condition refers in one embodiment to ameliorating the disease or condition (ie, slowing or stagnating or reducing the development of the disease or at least one of its clinical symptoms). In another embodiment, "treat / treating / treatment" refers to relieving or improving at least one physiological parameter, including a physiological parameter that the patient may not be able to discern. In yet another embodiment, "treat / treating / treatment" refers to physical (e.g., stabilization of discernible symptoms), physiological (e.g., stabilization of physiological parameters), or both Disease or illness. As used herein, an individual "needs" that treatment if it will benefit biologically, medically, or quality of life. In another aspect, a method for making (i) difficult to treat with at least one chemotherapy or (ii) relapse after treatment with chemotherapy, or (i) and (ii) both human sensitive is provided, wherein The method comprises administering to the patient a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as described herein, and an MCL1 inhibitor. Sensitive patients are patients who respond to treatment involving administration of a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as described herein, as well as MCL1 inhibitors, or patients who have not yet developed tolerance to this treatment. "Drug" means a pharmaceutical composition, or a combination of several pharmaceutical compositions, which contains one or more active ingredients in the presence of one or more excipients. "AML" means acute myeloid leukemia. "T-ALL" and "B-ALL" mean T-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia and B-cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia. "Free base" refers to a compound that is not yet in the form of a salt. In the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention, the proportion of the active ingredient by weight (the weight of the active ingredient in the total weight of the composition) is 5 to 50%. In the pharmaceutical composition according to the invention, more particularly those which are suitable for oral, parenteral and especially intravenous, whole skin or anti-skin, nasal, rectal, tongue, eye or respiratory administration, More precisely, lozenges, dragees, sublingual lozenges, hard gelatin capsules, rectal dosage forms, capsules, lozenges, injectables, sprays, eye or nasal drops, suppositories, creams, ointments , Transdermal gel, etc. The pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention comprises one or more excipients or carriers selected from the group consisting of a diluent, a lubricant, a binder, a disintegrant, a stabilizer, a preservative, an adsorbent, a colorant, and a sweetener. , Flavoring, etc.By way of non-limiting example, mention may be made of: wAs a diluent : Lactose, dextrose, sucrose, mannitol, sorbitol, cellulose, glycerol, wAs lubricant : Silicon dioxide, talc, stearic acid and its magnesium and calcium salts, polyethylene glycol, wAs a binder : Magnesium aluminum silicate, starch, gelatin, scutellaria, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and polyvinylpyrrolidone, wAs a disintegrant : Agar, alginic acid and its sodium salt, foaming mixture. The combined compounds can be administered simultaneously or sequentially. The route of administration is preferably the oral route, and the corresponding pharmaceutical composition may allow the instant or delayed release of the active ingredient. In addition, the combined compounds may be administered in the form of two separate pharmaceutical compositions each containing one of the active ingredients, or in the form of a single pharmaceutical composition in which the active ingredients are in the form of a mixture. Preference is given to pharmaceutical compositions in the form of tablets.contain 50 mg and 100 mg API compounds 1 hydrochloric acid Pharmaceutical composition of salt-coated film-coated tablet Pharmacological information Examples 1 - 3 Materials and methods : Primary AML Patient sample : Following informed consent, bone marrow or peripheral blood samples were collected from patients with AML according to guidelines approved by the Alfred Hospital Human research ethics committees. Monocytes were isolated by Ficoll-Paque (GE Healthcare, VIC, Aus) density gradient centrifugation, and red blood cells were then incubated at 37 ° C in ammonium chloride (NH4 Cl) Consumed in lysis buffer for 10 minutes. Subsequently, the cells were resuspended in phosphate buffered saline (Sigma, NSW, Aus) containing 2% fetal bovine serum. Monocytes were then suspended in RPMI-1640 (GIBCO VIC, Aus) culture containing penicillin and streptomycin (GIBCO) and non-heat-activated fetal bovine serum 15% (Sigma). Cell lines, cell culture and luciferase-producing cell lines : Cell lines MV4; 11, OCI-AML3, HL-60, HEL, K562, KG-1 and EOL-1 at 37 ° C, 5% CO2 It was maintained in RPMI-1640 (GIBCO) supplemented with 10% (v / v) fetal bovine serum (Sigma) and penicillin and streptomycin (GIBCO). The MV4; 11 luciferase cell line is produced by lentiviral transduction. antibody : The primary antibodies used for western blot analysis were MCL1, BCL-2, Bax, Bak, Bim, BCL-XL (produced by internal WEHI) and microtubule proteins (T-9026, Sigma). Cell viability : Regulating newly purified monocytes from AML patient samples to 2.5 × 105 Concentrations / ml and 100 μL cells per well were aliquoted into 96-well plates (Sigma). Cells were then treated with Compound 1, HCl, Compound 2, ABT-199 (Active Biochem, NJ, USA) or Idarubicin (Sigma) for 48 hours across a 6 logarithmic concentration range from 1 nM to 10 μM. For combinatorial analysis, drugs were added from 1 nM to 10 μM in a 1: 1 ratio at 37 ° C, 5% CO2 Under culture. Subsequently, the cells were stained with sytox blue nucleic acid stain (Invitrogen, VIC, Aus) and fluorescent light, and the fluorescence was measured by flow cytometry using LSR-II Fortessa (Becton Dickinson, NSW, Aus). Measurement analysis measurement. FACSDiva software is used for data collection, and FlowJo software is used for analysis. Blast cells are gated using forward and lateral dispersive properties. For each drug, live cells excluding sytox blue were measured at 6 concentrations, and a lethal concentration (LC of 50%) was measured50 , In μM). LC 50 Measurement and collaboration : Graphpad Prism is used to calculate LC using nonlinear regression50 . Synergy is determined by calculating the composite index (CI) based on the described Chou Talalay method (Chou Cancer Res; 70 (2), January 15, 2010). Community analysis : The community formation analysis was performed on newly purified and frozen mononuclear sections from AML patients. Primary cells were cultured in a 35 mm culture dish (Griener-bio, Germany) at 1 × 104 Up to 1 × 105 Double replicates. Cells were 0.6% agar (Difco NSW, Aus): AIMDM 2 × (IMDM powder-Invitrogen) supplemented with NaHCO at a 2: 1: 1 ratio3 , Polydextrose, penicillin / streptomycin, B-mercaptoethanol and asparagine): fetal bovine serum (Sigma) coating. For optimal growth conditions, all plates contain GM-CSF (100 ng per plate), IL-3 (100 ng / plate R & D system, USA) SCF (100 ng / plate R & D system), and EPO (4U / plate) ( In the presence and absence of drugs, at 37 ° C, 5% CO2 Then, grow in a high humidity incubator for 2 to 3 weeks. After incubation, the dishes were fixed in saline with 2.5% glutaraldehyde and counted using GelCount from Oxford Optronix (Abingdon, United Kingdom). Western blot method : Lysates were prepared in NP40 lysis buffer (10 mM Tris-HCl pH 7.4, 137 mM NaCl, 10% glycerol, 1% NP40) supplemented with a protease inhibitor mixture (Roche, Dee Why, NSW, Australia). Protein samples were boiled in a reduced load dye, then separated on a 4% to 12% Bis-Tris polypropylene ammonium gel (Invitrogen, Mulgrave, VIC, Australia) and transferred to a Hybond C nitrocellulose membrane (GE, Rydalmere, NSW, Australia) for incubation with specific antibodies. All membrane blocking steps and antibody dilutions were performed using 5% (v / v) skim milk in 0.1% (v / v) Tween-20 phosphate buffered saline (PBST) or Tris buffered saline. It was performed in PBS, and the washing step was performed using PBST or TBST. Western blots are observed with enhanced chemiluminescence (GE). In vivo experiment AML transplant : Animal research was carried out under institutional guidelines approved by the Alfred Committee on Animal Ethics in the Field of Medical Research and Education.5 Cells were injected intravenously into mice that had been irradiated (100 Rad) with non-obese diabetes / severe combined immunodeficiency (NOD / SCID / IL2rγnull) as previously described (Jin et al.,Cell Stem Cell 2 July 2009, Volume 5, Issue 1, pages 31-42). Transplantation was measured on day 7 by quantification of the percentage of hCD45 + cells in PB by flow cytometry and by IVIS imaging of bioluminescent MV4; 11 cells. On the 10th day, mice were orally gavaged with compound 1: 1 dissolved in PEG400 (Sigma) at 40:10:60 daily, HCl (expressed as a 200 µL 100 mg / kg dose of free base), and absolute ethanol (Sigma ) And distilled water, or receive Compound 2 (200 µL 25 mg / kg) dissolved in 50% 2-hydroxypropyl) -β-cyclodextrin (Sigma) and 50% 50 mM HCl or a drug combination or Vehicle for 4 weeks. Hematology analyzers (BioRad, Gladesville, NSW) were used to determine blood counts. IVIS Imaging : Bioluminescence imaging was performed using the caliper IVIS Lumina III XR imaging system. Mice were anesthetized with isoflurane and injected 100 μL of 125 mg / kg luciferin (Perkin Elmer, Springvale, VIC) intraperitoneally.Examples 4 Materials and methods : Cell line : Human myeloma cell line (HMCL) is derived from primary myeloma cells cultured in RPMI 1640 culture supplemented with 5% fetal bovine serum and 3 ng / ml for recombination of IL-6 related cell lines IL-6. HMCL is representative of the phenotype and genomic heterogeneity and variation of patients responding to therapy. MTT analysis : Cell viability was measured using MTT (3- (4,5-dimethylthiazol-2-yl) -2,5-diphenyltetrazole salt) colorimetric survival analysis. Cells were incubated with the compound each time in a 96-well dish containing a final volume of 100 µl / well. Use at 9 different concentrations depending on the sensitivity of a single agent (2R )-2-{[(5Sa ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- (4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (5-fluorofuran-2-yl ) Thieno [2,3-d ] Pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- (2-{[1- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) -1H -Pyrazol-5-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propionic acid (compound 2). Used at a fixed dose of 1 µMN -(4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 (1H ) -Isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl}-N -Phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazinecarboxamide hydrochloride (compound 1, HCl). At the end of each treatment, cells were incubated with 1 mg / mL MTT (50 µl MTT solution 2.5 mg / ml per well) at 37 ° C for 3 hours to allow MTT metabolism. Add lysis buffer (100 µl lysis buffer: DMF (2: 3) / SDS (1: 3)) to each well to dissolve formazan cristal, and after 18 hours of incubation, use a spectrophotometer Measure the absorbance in living cells at 570 nm. As a control, cells were cultured using only cultures and cultures containing 0.1% DMSO. As a myeloma cell growth control, absorbance (D0, D1, D2, D3, and D4) of myeloma cells was recorded daily. All experiments were repeated 3 times, and each experimental condition was repeated at least three times in each experiment. The inhibition effect is calculated using the following formula: Inhibition effect (%) = (1- absorbance value of treated cells / absorbance value of control cells) * 100Examples 1 : BCL - 2 and MCL1 For performance in AML Dominant survival protein Seven AML cell lines with> 70% blasts and 13 primary AML samples were subjected to immunostaining for the indicated proteins in FIG. 1. As illustrated in Figure 1, proteome measurements of the performance of BCL-2 family members in AML show that with the exception of BCL-2, most primary AML samples and AML cell lines co-express the pro-survival protein MCL1. BCL-XL does not often appear in AML.Examples 2 : combination BCL - 2 and MCL1 Targeted at AML Co-kill 54 AML patient samples were incubated with RPMI / 15% FCS for 48 hours in 6 logarithmic concentration ranges of compound 1 (hydrochloride), compound 2 or 1: 1 concentration and measured LC50 (Figure 2A). Approximately 20% of the primary AML samples are highly sensitive to either Compound 1 or Compound 2, which requires a lethal concentration of the drug that kills 50% of the primary AML blasts after 48 hours (LC50 ) In the low Nemour range (LC50 <10 nM) (Figure 2A). In contrast, when Compound 1 and Compound 2 were combined, the proportion of sensitive AML samples increased significantly to 70%, indicating a synergistic activity when BCL-2 and MCL1 were simultaneously targeted (Figure 2A). Some results are shown in Figure 17. To verify the in vivo activity of this pathway, MV4; 11 AML cells expressing luciferase were transplanted into NSG mice and treated with only compound 1 (hydrochloride) or compound 2 or a combination, and within 14 days of therapy and Tumor burden was assessed after 21 days (Figure 2B). Upon completion of the 28-day therapy, the mice continued to survive (Figure 2C). These experiments show that the combination of compound 1 and compound 2 is highly effective in vivo, verifying the impressive activity observed in vitro using primary AML cells. The data presented here in Figures 2A to 2C indicate a synergistic combination activity between Compound 1, HCl and Compound 2 in AML.Examples 3 : combination BCL - 2 and MCL1 Inhibition of target leukemia , But no normal progenitor function To analyze the toxicity of BCL-2 inhibition combined with MCL1 inhibition on normal human CD34 + cells or Ficolled mother cells from patients with AML, the cell population potential was analyzed after 2 weeks of exposure to combination therapy. The colonies grew on agar supplemented with 10% FCS, IL3, SCF, GM-CSF, and EPO for 14 days, and the colonies were counted using an automatic Gelcount® analyzer. The analysis of primary AML samples was performed in two and averaged. The CD34 + error represents the mean +/- SD of 2 independent normal donor samples. Results are corrected relative to the number of communities counted in the DMSO control. The specified drug concentration was spread on D1. In particular, Compound 1 + Compound 2 inhibited AML community-forming activity without affecting the function of normal CD34 + community growth. In summary, Examples 2 and 3 show that the dual pharmacological inhibition of BCL-2 and MCL1 is a novel approach for treating AML that does not require additional chemotherapy and utilizes an acceptable therapeutic safety window.Examples 4 : In response to being a single potion MCL1 Inhibitor or BCL - 2 In vitro evaluation of multiple myeloma cell survival with inhibitor combination The sensitivity of 27 human multiple myeloma cell lines to Compound 1, Compound 2, or Compound 2 in the presence of 1 μM Compound 1 was analyzed by using the MTT cell survival assay. Determination of 50% inhibitory concentration (IC50 , In nM). The results are shown in the following table: When compound 1 and compound 2 were combined, a stronger synergistic activity was shown in most cell lines compared to the compound alone.Examples 5 : combination MCL1 Inhibitor with BCL - 2 Inhibitor in 17 Diffuse B Cell lymphoma ( DLBCL ) In vitro effects on proliferation in a cell line group Materials and methods The cell lines were derived from and maintained in alkaline culture supplemented with FCS (fetal bovine serum) as indicated in Table 1. In addition, all cultures contained penicillin (100 IU / ml), streptomycin (100 µg / ml), and L-glutamine (2 mM). Unless otherwise mentioned, cultures and supplements were from Amimed / Bioconcept (Allschwil, Switzerland). Cell lines at 37 ° C containing 5% CO2 Incubate in a humid atmosphere and expand in a T-75 flask. In all cases, the cells were thawed from the frozen stock solution, expanded ≥1 passage with a suitable dilution, counted and tested for survival using a CASY cell counter (Omni Life Science, Bremen, Germany), and subsequently at the density specified in Table 1. Plate 25 μl / well into a 384-well plate (Corning). All cell lines were determined to be free of mold contamination by PCR assays performed at Idexx Radil (Columbia, MO, USA), and 48 small nucleotides were assayed by Asuragen (Austin, TX, USA) or internally The polymorphism (SNP) group excluded identification errors. Stock solutions of the compounds were prepared at a concentration of 10 mM in DMSO (Sigma) and stored at -20 ° C. When the full dose-response curve needs to be obtained, the stock solution is pre-diluted in DMSO to 1'000 times the desired starting concentration (see Table 2). On the day after cell seeding, eight 2.5-fold serial dilutions of each compound were dispensed directly to all possible arrangements individually or in a checkerboard using a non-contact 300D digital dispenser (TECAN, Männedorf, Switzerland) Cell analysis plates, as outlined in Figure 4. The final DMSO concentration in all wells was 0.2%. After 2 days of incubation, the effect of a single agent and its checkerboard combination on cell survival was analyzed. The analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo (Promega, Madison, WI, USA) to quantify the cell ATP content with 25 μL reagent / well and n = 2 replication disks according to the conditions. Luminescence was quantified on a M1000 multipurpose disk reader (TECAN, Männedorf, Switzerland). The number of cells / viability was similarly analyzed at compound addition and used to analyze the degree of population doubling time of a particular cell line. Calculate single-drug IC using standard four-parameter curve fit50 . The potential synergistic interactions between the combinations of compounds were analyzed according to the Loewe additivity model using an excess inhibition 2D matrix and reported as a Synergy Score (Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666). All calculations are performed using the internal software of the Combination Analysis Module. IC50 It is defined as the concentration of the compound at which the CTG signal is reduced to 50% as measured by the vehicle (DMSO) control. The interpretation of the synergy score is as follows: SS ~ 0 → Additive SS > 1 → Weak synergy SS > 2 → Synergytable 1 . Conditions for identification and analysis of 17 diffuse large B-cell lymphoma cell lines in combination experiments. * This culture is further supplemented with 50 µM 2-mercaptoethanol. The doubling time was calculated based on the difference in ATP content at the end compared to the start of compound incubation.table 2. Single-agent IC for designated compound 3 and compound 1, HCl50 Value, and the synergy score of the combination. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. "Start conc" means the starting concentration. "Anhydrous IC50 (Abs IC50 ) '' Means anhydrous IC50 . "Max Inh" means maximum inhibition. result The effects of combining MCL1 inhibitor compound 3 and BCL-2 inhibitor compound 1, HCl on proliferation were analyzed in 17 groups of diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) cell lines. Compound 3 as a single agent potently inhibited the growth of most of the 17 DLBCL cell lines tested (Table 1). Therefore, 14 cell lines showed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And an additional 1 cell line showed 100 nM and 1μ IC between M50 . Only 2 cell lines show greater than 1μ M's IC50 . Compound 1, HCl as a single agent also inhibited the growth of most of the 17 DLBCL cell lines tested, although less effective (Table 2). Therefore, 2 cell lines showed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 6 cell lines showed 100 nM vs. 1μ IC between M50 . 9 cell lines show greater than 1μ M's IC50 (4 of them are greater than 10μ M). The combined treatment of compound 3 and compound 1, HCl caused a synergistic growth inhibition of 16 of the 17 DLBCL cell lines tested (ie, a synergy score higher than 2-Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 July; 27 (7): 659-666) (Table 2). Among 5 cell lines, the synergy effect was marked with a synergy score between 5 and 10. Among the 4 cell lines, the synergistic effect was superior, and a synergy score between 10 and 17.3 was obtained. Importantly, the synergy does not depend on the antiproliferative effect of a single agent, and in fact the synergy is particularly strong at concentrations where Compound 3 and Compound 1 themselves do not exhibit antiproliferative effects. For example, in DB cells, the second lowest concentration of compound 3 and compound 1 tested caused only 1% and 2% growth inhibition, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds achieved 96% growth inhibition (Figure 4A , Left), so it is 91% higher than the calculated additive based on single agent activity (Figure 4A, right). As another example, in Toledo cells, where compound 3 is less effective and only partial growth inhibition (46%) is obtained at the highest concentration tested, the combination with the second lowest concentration of compound 1 results in 98% synergistic growth Inhibition (Figure 4B, left panel) is therefore 52% higher than the additiveity calculated based on single agent activity (Figure 4B, right panel). In addition, it is worth noting that synergistic effects occur over a wide range of single agent concentrations, which should prove beneficial in vivo with regard to the flexibility of the dosage and arrangement. In summary, the combination of Compound 3 and Compound 1 achieved strong to superior synergistic growth inhibition in most of the DLBCL cell lines tested.Examples 6 : MCL1 Inhibitor ( Compound 3 ) and BCL - 2 Inhibitor ( Compound 1 ) Combination pair Karpas422 In vivo efficacy of xenografts Materials and methods Tumor cell culture and cell seeding Karpas 422 human B-cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma (NHL) cell line was established from the pleural effusion of patients with anti-chemotherapy NHL. Cells were obtained from the DSMZ cell bank and contained 5% CO in the air2 In an atmosphere at 37 ° C, supplemented with 10% FCS (BioConcept Ltd. Amimed), 2 mM L-glutamate (BioConcept Ltd. Amimed), 1 mM sodium pyruvate (BioConcept Ltd. Amimed), and 10 mM HEPES (Gibco) was cultured in a RPMI-1640 culture (BioConcept Ltd. Amimed,). The cells were maintained between 0.5 x 106 and 1.5 x 106 cells / mL. To establish Karpas 422, xenograft cells were collected and resuspended in HBSS (Gibco) and mixed with Matrigel (BD Bioscience) (1: 1 v / v), and then subcutaneously on the right abdomen of anesthetized animals with isoflurane Inject 200 µL containing 1 × 107 cells. Twenty-four hours before cell seeding, all animals were irradiated with 5 Gy for more than 2 minutes using a gadolinium-irradiator.Tumor growth After cell inoculation, tumor growth was monitored regularly and animals were randomly distributed into the treatment group when the tumor volume reached a suitable volume (n = 5). During the treatment period, calipers were used to measure tumor volume approximately twice a week. In mm3 Tumor size in units is calculated by (L × W2 × π / 6). Where W = tumor width and L = tumor length.treatment Animals (rats) carrying tumors were enrolled in the treatment group (n = 5) when their tumors reached a suitable size to form a tumor with approximately 450 mm3 The average tumor volume of the group. The treatment groups are summarized in Table 3. In vehicle for compound 3 or compound 3 over 15 minutesiv 1 h before administration of infusion, vehicle for compound 1, HCl or compound 1, HCl by oral administration (po ) Tube feeding. foriv Infusion, isoflurane / O for animals2 Anesthesia and vehicle or Compound 3 is administered via a cannula in the tail vein. Animals were weighed on the day of dosing and the dose was adjusted according to body weight. For both compounds, the dose was 10 ml / kg.body weight Animals are weighed at least twice a week and are often tested for any obvious signs of adverse effects.Data analysis and statistical evaluation GraphPad Prism 7.00 (GraphPad Software) was used to statistically analyze tumor data. If the changes in the data are normal distribution, the data is analyzed using one-way ANOVA with post hoc Dunnett's test for comparison between the treatment group and the control group. Post hoc Tukey's test was used for comparison. Alternatively, a Kruskal-Wallis rating post hoc Dunn's test is used. Where appropriate, results are presented as mean ± SEM. As a measure of efficacy, the T / C% value was calculated at the end of the experiment according to the following formula: (Δ tumor volumetreatment / Tumor volumeContrast ) * 100 Tumor regression is calculated according to the following formula:-(Δ tumor volumetreatment / Tumor volumeWhen starting treatment ) * 100 where Δ tumor volume represents the average tumor volume on the evaluation day minus the average tumor volume at the start of the experiment.table 3 Therapeutic group for combined efficacy of rats carrying Karpass422 xenograft When the average tumor volume is about 450 mm3 Start treatment. Compound 1, HCl was formulated in PEG400 / EtOH / Phosal 50 PG (30/10/60) and compound 3 was placed in solution. QW means once a week. result At 20 mg / kgiv Compound 3 1 hour before infusion at 150 mg / kgpo The combination treatment of Compound 1 free base caused complete regression of all Karpas422 tumors on day 30 of the start of treatment (Figure 5). After treatment was stopped on days 35 to 90, all animals in the treatment group remained tumor-free. A positive combination effect compared to the activity of a single agent was observed in the combination group. On day 34, the tumor response in the single agent Compound 3 and the combination group was significantly different from that in the vehicle group (p <0.05). The combination therapy was well tolerated based on changes in body weight (Figure 6).Examples 7 : MCL1 Inhibitor ( Compound 3 ) and BCL - 2 Inhibitor ( Compound 1 , HCl) Combination pair DLBCL Toledo In vivo efficacy of xenografts Materials and methods Cell implantation The xenograft model was established by directly subcutaneously (sc) implanting a 3 million Toledo cell suspension with 50% matrigel into the subcutaneous area of SCID / beige mice. All procedures were performed using aseptic technique. Mice were anesthetized throughout the procedure period. In general, a total of 6 animals from each group participated in the efficacy study. For single agent and combination studies, animals were administered Compound 1 via oral gavage (po) and Compound 3 was administered intravenously (iv) via the tail vein. Compound 1, HCl was formulated as a solution in PEG300 / EtOH / water (40/10/50), and compound 3 was placed in the solution. When the tumor reached approximately 220 mm on day 26 after cell implantation3 At that time, tumor-bearing mice were randomly distributed into the treatment group. The study design including dosing schedules for all treatment groups is summarized in the table below. Animals were weighed on the day of dosing and the dose was adjusted according to body weight, the dose was 10 ml / kg. Tumor size and weight were collected at randomization and thereafter collected twice a week during the study. After data collection on each day, the following data were provided: the incidence of death, the average weight of individuals and groups, and the average tumor volume of individuals and groups. For the study in the Toledo model, on day 26 after cell implantation, when the average tumor volume was about 218 to 228 mm3 At the beginning of treatment. QW means once a week.body weight ( BW ) Calculate the percentage change in weight as follows: (BWcurrent -BWinitial ) / (BWinitial ) × 100. Data are presented as percent weight change since the day treatment started.Tumor volume and percentage of mice remaining in the study The treatment / control (T / C) percentage value is calculated using the following formula: T / C% = 100 ´ DT / DC if DT > 0 fades out% = 100 ´ DT / T0 If DT <0 where: T = average tumor volume of the drug treatment group on the last study day; DT = average tumor volume of the drug treatment group on the last study day-average tumor volume of the drug treatment group on the initial administration day; T0 = Average tumor volume of the drug treatment group on the fixed group day; C = average tumor volume of the control group on the last study day; and DC = average tumor volume of the control group on the last study day-average tumor of the control group on the initial administration day volume. Percentage of mice remaining in the study = 6-number of mice reaching the end point / 6 * 100Statistical Analysis All data are presented as mean ± standard error of the mean (SEM). △ Tumor volume and percent change in body weight were used for statistical analysis. Comparisons between groups were performed using a single factor ANOVA followed by a post hoc Tukey test. For all statistical evaluations, the significance level was set at p <0.05. Unless otherwise stated, the significance compared to the vehicle control group is reported. result In the Toledo model, 100 mg / kg of Compound 1 free base produced a statistically significant antitumor effect of 37% T / C. 25 mg / kg of Compound 3 produced 102% T / C with no antitumor effect (Figure 7). The combination of compound 1 + compound 3 produced 3% T / C tumor arrest, which was statistically significant compared to tumors treated with vehicle, compound 1 and compound 3 (p <0.05, analyzed by single factor variation number Test (one-way ANOVA test). Therefore, the combined inhibition of BCL-2 and MCL1 in DLBCL can produce clinical therapeutic benefits. In addition, Figure 8 shows the change in average body weight for Toledo. Compound 1, HCl and Compound 3 mice showed weight gain (1.081% and 2.3%, respectively). The combination group showed a small amount of weight loss (-3.2%). No other adverse event symptoms were observed in this study. All 6 animals survived throughout the study. In summary, Example 2, Example 6 and Example 7 show that the combination of MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor is tolerated in mice and rats carrying xenografts derived from acute myeloid leukemia and human lymphoma cell lines Effective at dose, this indicates that this combination can be used to achieve a suitable therapeutic window in these diseases.Examples 8 : combination MCL1 Inhibitors and BCL - 2 Inhibitor 13 Acute myeloid leukemia ( AML ) Effects of Cell Lines on Proliferation in vitro. Materials and methods The cell lines were derived and maintained in alkaline culture supplemented with FBS (fetal bovine serum) as indicated in Table 1. In addition, all cultures contained penicillin (100 IU / ml), streptomycin (100 µg / ml), and L-glutamine (2 mM). Cell lines at 37 ° C containing 5% CO2 Incubate in a humid atmosphere and expand in a T-150 flask. In all cases the cells were thawed from the frozen stock solution, ≥1 passage was expanded with a suitable dilution, counted using a CASY cytometer and assayed for viability, and then plated at 150 μl / well to 96 wells at the density indicated in Table 1. Intraday. All cell lines were determined to be free of internal mold contamination. Stock solutions of the compounds were prepared at a concentration of 5 mM in DMSO and stored at -20 ° C. To analyze the activity of a compound as a single agent, cells were seeded and treated with nine 2-fold serial dilutions of each compound directly administered directly to a cell analysis plate. After 3 days of incubation, the effect of compounds on cell viability was analyzed. The analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo to quantify the cellular ATP content at 75 μL reagent / well. All experiments were performed in triplicate. Luminescence is quantified on a multi-purpose disk reader. Calculate single-drug IC using standard four-parameter curve fit50 . IC50 It is defined as the concentration of the compound at which the CTG signal is reduced to 50% as measured by the vehicle (DMSO) control. To analyze compound activity in combination, cells were seeded and treated with 7 or 8 3.16-fold serial dilutions of each compound, and each compound was dispensed directly or in a checkerboard of all possible permutations directly into the cell analysis plate , As indicated in Figure 9. After 3 days of incubation, the effects of a single agent and its checkerboard combination on cell survival were analyzed. The analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo to quantify the cellular ATP content at 75 μL reagent / well. Two independent experiments were performed, each performed twice. Luminescence is quantified on a multi-purpose disk reader. The potential synergistic interactions between the combinations of compounds were analyzed according to the Loewe additivity model using an excess inhibition 2D matrix and reported as synergy scores (Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year 7 month 27 (7): 659-666). All calculations use ClaliceTM Bioinformatics software. The doubling times indicated in Table 3 are the average of the doubling times obtained from the different generations (in T-150 flasks) of the implementation from the thawing of the cells to their inoculation in a 96-well plate. The interpretation of the synergy score is as follows: SS ~ 0 → Additive SS > 1 → Weak synergy SS > 2 → Synergytable 3. Conditions for identification and analysis of 13 acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cell lines in combination experiments. table 4a. Single-agent IC indicating compound 3, compound 1, HCl and ABT-199 in 13 AML cell lines50 value. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. table 4b. Single agent IC indicating compound 4, HCl in 5 AML cell lines50 value. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. table 5a. Synergy scores for compound 3 and compound 1 combinations in 13 AML cell lines are indicated. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. The standard deviation (sd) of the initial concentration of the compound, the mean of the maximum inhibition, and the synergy score. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. table 5b. Synergy scores for the combination of compound 3 and ABT-199 in 8 AML cell lines are indicated. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. The standard deviation (sd) of the initial concentration of the compound, the mean of the maximum inhibition, and the synergy score. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. table 5c. Synergy scores of compound 3, compound 4, and HCl combinations in 5 AML cell lines are indicated. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. The standard deviation (sd) of the initial concentration of the compound, the mean of the maximum inhibition, and the synergy score. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. result combination ( a ). The effects of the combined MCL1 inhibitor compound 3 and BCL-2 inhibitor compound 1 on proliferation were analyzed in a group of 13 acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cell lines. Compound 3 as a single agent potently inhibited the growth of most of the 13 AML cell lines tested (Table 4a). As a result, 10 cell lines displayed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 2 additional cell lines show ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . Only 1 cell line exhibits IC greater than 1 μM50 . Compound 1, HCl as a single agent also inhibited the growth of several tested AML cell lines, although less effective (Table 4a). Therefore, 5 cell lines showed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 2 cell lines show ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . 6 cell lines display ICs greater than 1 μM50 . The combined treatment of compound 3 and compound 1, HCl caused a synergistic growth inhibition (ie, a synergy score higher than 2) of the 13 cell lines tested as a whole (Table 5a). In both cell lines, the synergy effect was marked with a synergy score between 5 and 10. Among the 10 cell lines, the synergistic effect was superior, and a synergy score between 10 and 19.8 was obtained. Importantly, the synergy does not depend on the antiproliferative effect of a single agent, and in fact the synergy is particularly strong at concentrations where Compound 3 and Compound 1 themselves do not have antiproliferative effects. For example, in OCI-AML3 cells, the third lowest concentration of compound 3 and compound 1 tested caused growth inhibition of 5% and 1%, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds achieved 84% growth inhibition (Figure 9A, top left), so it is 79% higher than the additivity calculated based on single agent activity (Figure 9A, top right). In addition, it is worth noting that synergistic effects occur over a wide range of single agent concentrations, which should prove beneficial in vivo with regard to the flexibility of the dosage and arrangement. All in all, the combination of Compound 3 and Compound 1 provided synergistic growth inhibition in all 13 AML cell lines tested. Importantly, superior synergistic growth inhibition was observed in most of the AML cell lines tested (10/13). combination (b). The effects of the combined MCL1 inhibitor compound 3 and the BCL-2 inhibitor ABT-199 on proliferation were analyzed in a group of eight acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cell line groups. Compound 3 as a single agent potently inhibited the growth of most of the eight AML cell lines tested (Table 4a). As a result, 5 cell lines displayed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 2 additional cell lines show ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . Only 1 cell line exhibits IC greater than 1 μM50 . ABT-199 as a single agent also inhibited the growth of AML cell lines, although less effective (Table 4a). Therefore, only 1 cell line showed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 2 cell lines show ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . 5 cell lines display ICs greater than 1 μM50 . The combination treatment with MCL1 inhibitor and ABT-199 caused a synergistic growth inhibition (ie a synergy score higher than 2) for the entire group of 8 cell lines tested (Table 5b). In most cell lines, the synergistic effect is superior, obtaining a synergy score between 10 and 17.6. Importantly, the synergy does not depend on the antiproliferative effect of a single agent, and in fact the synergy is particularly strong at concentrations where the MCL1 inhibitor and ABT-199 themselves do not have antiproliferative effects. For example, in OCI-AML3 cells, the third lowest concentrations of MCL1 and ABT-199 tested caused 26% and 18% growth inhibition, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds achieved 91% growth inhibition (Figure 13, top left). In addition, it is worth noting that synergistic effects occur over a wide range of single agent concentrations, which should prove beneficial in vivo with regard to the flexibility of the dosage and arrangement. In summary, the combination of Compound 3 and ABT-199 achieved synergistic growth inhibition for all 8 AML cell lines tested. Importantly, superior synergistic growth inhibition was observed in most of the AML cell lines tested (7/8). combination (c). The effect of the combined MCL1 inhibitor compound 3 and BCL-2 inhibitor compound 4 on proliferation was analyzed in five groups of acute myeloid leukemia (AML) cell lines. Compound 3 as a single agent potently inhibited the growth of the five AML cell lines tested (Table 4b). As a result, all cell lines display ICs less than 200 nM50 . Compound 4, HCl as a single agent also inhibited the growth of 4 of the 5 cell lines tested, with an IC less than or equal to 40 nM50 , A cell line pair with an IC of 10 µM50 Compound 4 is tolerant. The combined treatment of compound 3, compound 4, and HCl caused a synergistic growth inhibition (ie, a synergy score higher than 2) of the five cell lines tested as a whole (Table 5c). In both cell lines, the synergy effect was marked with a synergy score between 5 and 10. In one cell line, the synergistic effect was superior, and a synergy score of 16.5 was obtained. Importantly, the synergy does not depend on the antiproliferative effect of a single agent, and in fact the synergy is particularly strong at concentrations where Compound 4, HCl and Compound 3 themselves do not have or have a lower antiproliferative effect. For example, in OCI-AML3 cells, the third lowest concentration of compound 4, HCl and compound 3 tested caused 1% and 40% growth inhibition, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds achieved 98% growth inhibition (Fig. 1A, left panel; representing two independent experiments); therefore, 53% higher than the additiveity calculated based on single agent activity (Fig. 14A, right panel). In ML-2, the fifth lowest concentration of compound 4, HCl and compound 3 tested caused 18% and 26% growth inhibition, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds achieved 100% growth inhibition (Figure 14B, left (Figure; represents two independent experiments), and is therefore 51% higher than the calculated additivity based on single agent activity (Figure 15, right panel). In summary, the combination of compound 4 and compound 3 achieved synergistic growth inhibition for all five AML cell lines tested.Examples 9 : combination MCL1 Inhibitors and BCL - 2 Inhibitor 12 Neuroblastoma ( NB ) In vitro effects on proliferation in a cell line group Materials and methods The cell lines were derived from and maintained in FBS-supplemented alkaline cultures as indicated in Table 1. In addition, all cultures contained penicillin (100 IU / ml), streptomycin (100 µg / ml), and L-glutamine (2 mM). Cell lines at 37 ° C containing 5% CO2 Incubate in a humid atmosphere and expand in a T-150 flask. In all cases, thawed the cells from the frozen stock solution, expanded ≥1 passage with a suitable dilution, counted and analyzed the viability using a CASY cell counter, and then plated 150 μl / well to 96 at the density indicated in Table Hole plate. All cell lines were determined to be free of internal mold contamination. Stock solutions of the compounds were prepared at a concentration of 5 mM in DMSO and stored at -20 ° C. To analyze the activity of a compound as a single agent, cells were seeded and treated with nine 3.16-fold serial dilutions of each compound directly dispensed directly into a cell analysis plate. After 2 or 3 days of incubation (as indicated in Table 6), the effect of compounds on cell survival was analyzed, and the analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo to quantify the cellular ATP content at 150 μL reagent / well. Two independent experiments were performed, each repeated twice. All experiments were performed in triplicate. Luminescence is quantified on a multi-purpose disk reader. Calculate single-drug IC using standard four-parameter curve fit50 . IC50 It is defined as the concentration of the compound at which the CTG signal is reduced to 50% as measured by the vehicle (DMSO) control. The same experiment was performed to analyze potential synergistic interactions between compound combinations. Analysis of synergy scores based on Loy's additive model using an excess suppression 2D matrix (Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666). All calculations were performed using Chalice TM bioinformatics software. The doubling times indicated in Table 6 are the average of the doubling times obtained from the different generations (in T-150 flasks) of the implementation in which cells were thawed to 96-well plates. The interpretation of the synergy score is as follows: SS ~ 0 → Additive SS > 1 → Weak synergy SS > 2 → Synergytable 6. Conditions for identification and analysis of 12 neuroblastoma (NB) cell lines in combination experiments. table 7. Single-agent IC indicating compound 3 and compound 1, HCl50 value. The compounds were incubated with the cells over a period of 2 or 3 days. table 8. Synergy scores in combination with compound 3 and compound 1, HCl are indicated. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. The compounds were incubated with the cells over a period of 2 or 3 days. result The effect of the combination of MCL1 inhibitor compound 3 and BCL-2 inhibitor compound 1 on proliferation was analyzed in a group of 12 neuroblastoma cell lines. Three of the 12 cell lines tested were sensitive to Compound 3 as a single agent (Table 7). 1 cell line exhibits IC less than 100 nM50 And 2 additional cell lines show ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . All cell lines are tolerant to Compound 1, HCl as a single agent, where all cell lines tested exhibit ICs greater than 1 µM50 . The combined treatment of compound 3 and compound 1 caused a synergistic growth inhibition of 11 of the 12 NB cell lines tested (i.e. a synergy score higher than 2-Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666) (Table 8). Among the 5 cell lines, the synergistic effect was superior, and a synergy score between 10 and 17.81 was obtained. Importantly, the synergy does not depend on the antiproliferative effect of a single agent, and in fact the synergy is particularly strong at concentrations of Compound 3 and Compound 1, HCl itself does not exhibit antiproliferative effects. For example, in LAN-6 cells, Compound 630 and Compound 1, HCl at 630 nM elicited only 12% and 0% growth inhibition, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds achieved 95% growth inhibition (Figure 10, Top left panel), so it is 76% greater than the calculated additive based on single agent activity (Figure 10, top right panel). All in all, the combination of compound 3 and compound 1 gave strong to superior synergistic growth inhibition for most of the neuroblastoma cell lines tested.Examples 10 : combination MCL1 Inhibitors and BCL - 2 Inhibitor in 8 Each B Cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia ( B - ALL ) and 10 Each T Cell acute lymphoblastic leukemia ( T - ALL ) In vitro effects on proliferation in cell lines. Materials and methods The cell lines were derived from and maintained in FBS-supplemented alkaline cultures as indicated in Table 1. In addition, all cultures contained penicillin (100 IU / ml), streptomycin (100 μg / ml), and L-glutamic acid (2 mM). Cell lines at 37 ° C containing 5% CO2 Incubate in a humid atmosphere and expand in a T-150 flask. In all cases, thaw cells from frozen stock solution, expand ≥1 passage using appropriate dilutions, count and analyze viability using a CASY cytometer, and then plate 150 μl / well to 96 at the density indicated in Table Hole plate. All cell lines were determined to be free of internal mold contamination. A stock solution of the compound was prepared at a concentration of 5 mM in DMSO and stored at -20 ° C. To analyze the activity of a compound as a single agent, cells were seeded and treated with nine 2-fold serial dilutions of each compound directly administered directly to a cell analysis plate. After 3 days of incubation, the effect of compounds on cell viability was analyzed. The analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo to quantify the cellular ATP content at 75 μL reagent / well. All conditions were tested in triplicate. Luminescence is quantified on a multi-purpose disk reader. Calculate single-drug IC using standard four-parameter curve fit50 . IC50 It is defined as the concentration of the compound at which the CTG signal is reduced to 50% as measured by the vehicle (DMSO) control. To analyze compound activity in combination, cells were seeded and treated with 7 or 8 3.16-fold serial dilutions of each compound, and each compound was dispensed directly to the cell assay plate individually or in all possible arrangements in a checkerboard fashion. , As indicated in Figure 1. After 3 days of incubation, the effect of a single agent and its checkerboard combination on cell survival was analyzed. The analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo to quantify the cellular ATP content at 75 μL reagent / well. For B-ALL cell lines, two independent experiments were performed, and each experiment performed was repeated twice. For T-ALL cell lines, one experiment was performed, which was repeated three times. Luminescence is quantified on a multi-purpose disk reader. The potential synergistic interactions between the combinations of compounds were analyzed according to the Loewe additivity model using an excess inhibition 2D matrix and reported as synergy scores (Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol . 2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666). All calculations were performed using Chalice TM bioinformatics software available on the Horizon website. The doubling times indicated in Table 9 are the average of the doubling times obtained from the different generations (in T-150 flasks) of the implementation from the thawing of cells to their inoculation in a 96-well plate. The explanation of the synergy score is as follows: SS ~ 0 → Additive SS > 1 → Weak synergy SS > 2 → Synergytable 9. Conditions for identification and analysis of 8 B-ALL and 10 T-ALL cell lines in a combination experiment. table 10. Single agent IC indicating compound 3 and compound 1, HCl in 8 B-ALL and 10 T-ALL cell lines50 value. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. table 11. Synergy scores for the combination of compound 3, compound 1, and HCl in 8 B-ALL and 10 T-ALL cell lines are indicated. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. The standard deviation (sd) of the initial concentration of the compound, the mean of the maximum inhibition, and the synergy score. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 3 days. result The effects of the combined MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor on the proliferation of 8 B-ALL and 10 T-ALL cell line groups were analyzed. MCL1 inhibitors as a single agent strongly inhibited the growth of most ALL cell lines tested (Table 10). As a result, 13 ALL cell lines displayed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 2 additional ALL cell lines display ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . Only 3 ALL cell lines display ICs greater than 1 μM50 . BCL-2 inhibitors as a single agent also inhibited the growth of several ALL cell lines tested, although they were less effective (Table 10). Therefore, 5 cell lines showed an IC of less than 100 nM50 And 2 cell lines show ICs between 100 nM and 1 μM50 . 11 ALL cell lines display ICs greater than 1 μM50 . The combination treatment of MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor caused the synergistic growth inhibition of the total 17/18 ALL cell lines tested (i.e. a synergy score higher than 2-Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666) (Table 11). In 6 cell lines, the synergy effect was marked with a synergy score between 5 and 10. Among the 5 cell lines, the synergistic effect was superior, and a synergy score between 10 and 15.9 was obtained. Importantly, the synergy does not depend on the antiproliferative effect of a single agent, and in fact the synergy is particularly strong at concentrations where the MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor itself do not have antiproliferative effects. For example, in NALM-6 cells, the fourth lowest concentration of MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor tested caused growth inhibition of 6% and 8%, respectively, and the corresponding combination of the two compounds obtained 61% Growth inhibition (Figure 11, top left). In addition, it is worth noting that synergistic effects occur over a wide range of single agent concentrations, which should prove beneficial in vivo with regard to the flexibility of the dosage and arrangement. All in all, the combination of MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor obtained synergistic growth inhibition in most (17/18) ALL cell lines tested. Importantly, superior synergistic growth inhibition was observed in 5/18 ALL cell lines tested.Examples 11 : combination MCL1 Inhibitors and BCL - 2 Inhibitor 5 Mantle cell lymphoma ( MCL ) Effects of Cell Lines on Proliferation in vitro. Materials and methods Cell lines were derived from and maintained in FBS-supplemented alkaline cultures as indicated in Table 12. In addition, all cultures contained penicillin (100 IU / ml), streptomycin (100 µg / ml), and L-glutamine (2 mM). Cell lines at 37 ° C containing 5% CO2 Incubate in a humid atmosphere and expand in a T-150 flask. In all cases, thawed cells from frozen stock solution, expanded ≥1 passage using appropriate dilutions, counted and analyzed viability using a CASY cytometer, and then spread 150 μl / well to 96 at the density indicated in Table 12. Hole plate. All cell lines were determined to be free of internal mold contamination. Stock solutions of the compounds were prepared at a concentration of 5 mM in DMSO and stored at -20 ° C. In order to analyze the activity of the compounds in a single agent or combination, cells were seeded and treated with 7 or 8 3.16-fold serial dilutions of each compound, and each compound was dosed directly to the cells individually or in all possible permutations Analyze the disk. After 2 days of incubation, the effect of a single agent and its checkerboard combination on cell survival was analyzed. The analysis was performed at 37 ° C / 5% CO2 The following was performed by using CellTiterGlo to quantify the cellular ATP content at 150 μL reagent / well. All conditions were tested in triplicate. Luminescence is quantified on a multi-purpose disk reader. Potential synergistic interactions between compound combinations were analyzed using the Loewe additivity model using an excess inhibition 2D matrix and reported as a synergy score (Lehar et al., Nat Biotechnol.2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666). All calculations use Chalice available on the Horizon websiteTM Bioinformatics software. Calculate single-drug IC using standard four-parameter curve fit50 . IC50 It is defined as the concentration of the compound at which the CTG signal is reduced to 50% as measured by the vehicle (DMSO) control. The doubling times indicated in Table 12 are the average of the doubling times obtained from the different generations (in T-150 flasks) of the implementation of the cell thawing to its inoculation in a 96-well plate.Synergy score SS ~ 0 → Additive SS > 1 → Weak cooperation SS > 2 → Cooperationtable 12. Conditions for identification and analysis of five sets of cell lymphoma cell lines in combination experiments.table 13. Single agent IC indicating compound 3 and compound 1, HCl in 5 mantle cell lymphoma cell lines50 value. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 2 days. table 14. Synergy scores of compound 3, compound 1, and HCl combinations in 5 mantle cell lymphoma cell lines are indicated. When the observed score is ≥ 2.0, the interaction is considered synergistic. Indicates the starting concentration, maximum inhibition, and synergy score of a compound. The compound was incubated with the cells over a period of 2 days. result The in vitro effects of combined MCL1 inhibitors and BCL-2 inhibitors on the proliferation of 5 mantle cell lymphoma cell line groups were analyzed. As a single agent, MCL1 inhibitors exhibit superior activity over BCL-2 inhibitors. Therefore, 3 cell lines against MCL1 inhibitors exhibited ICs of less than 100 nM50 However, only one cell line against BCL-2 inhibitors showed an IC of less than 100 nM50 (Table 13). The combination treatment of MCL1 inhibitor and BCL-2 inhibitor caused synergistic growth inhibition of all tested cell lines (Table 14) (i.e. a synergy score higher than 2-Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year July; 27 (7): 659-666), as exemplified in Figure 12. It is important that synergy effects are marked with synergy scores higher than 5 in 4/5 cell lines.Examples 12 : combination MCL1 Inhibitors and BCL - 2 Inhibitor 5 Small cell lung cancer ( SCLC ) Effects of Cell Lines on Proliferation in vitro. All cell lines were obtained from ATCC. RPMI1640 (Invitrogen) -containing culture supplemented with 10% FBS (Hyclone) for COR-L95, NCI-H146, NCI-H211, SHP-77, SW1271, NCI-H1339, NCI -H1963 and NCI-H889. Waymouth's MB 752/1 (Inverlogen) -containing culture with 10% FBS was used for DMS-273. 5% FBS with DMEM / F12 (Inverogan) supplemented with 0.005 mg / ml insulin, 0.01 mg / ml transferrin and 30 nM sodium selenite solution (Inverogen), 10 nM hydrogen cortex A culture of ketone (Sigma), 10 nM β-estradiol (Sigma), and 2 mM L-glutamate (sea clone) was used for NCI-H1105. At 37 ℃ and 5% CO2 Cell lines were grown in incubators and expanded in T-75 flasks. In all cases, cells were thawed from the frozen stock solution, ≥1 passage was expanded using a 1: 3 dilution, counted and analyzed for viability using a ViCell counter (Beckman-Coulter), and then plated in 384-well plates. To isolate and expand cell lines, cells were removed from flasks using 0.25% trypsin-EDTA (GIBCO). All cell lines were determined to be free of mycelial contamination as determined by PCR detection method performed in Idexx Radil (Columbia, MO, USA) and properly confirmed by SNP panel detection. Cell proliferation was measured in a 72-hour CellTiter-Glo ™ (CTG) analysis (Promega G7571), and all results shown are the results of at least three replicate measurements. For CellTiter-Glo ™ analysis, cells were dispensed into tissue culture-treated 384-well dishes (Corning 3707) with a final volume of 35 μL of culture and a density of 5000 cells per well. After 24 hours of plating, 5 μL of each compound dilution group was transferred to a cell-containing plate, resulting in a compound concentration in the range of 0 to 10 μM and a final DMSO (Sigma D8418) concentration of 0.16%. Incubate the dish for 72 hours and use CellTiter-GloTM Luminescent cell survival analysis (Promega G7571) and Envision disk reader (Perkin Elmer) were used to determine the effect of compounds on cell proliferation. CellTiter-Glo® Luminous Cell Survival Analysis is a homogeneous method for determining the number of living cells in culture based on the amount of ATP present, which indicates the presence of metabolically active cells. This method is described in detail in Technical Bulletin, TB288 Promega. Briefly, cells were plated in opaque wall multiwell plates in cultures as described above. Control wells containing culture without cells were also prepared to obtain background luminescence values. 15 μL of CellTiter-Glo® reagent was then added and the contents were mixed on an orbital shaker for 10 minutes to induce the cells to break down. Luminescence was then recorded using a disc reader. Chalice software (CombinatoRx, Cambridge MA) was used to analyze growth inhibition and percentage of excessive inhibition. The percentage of growth inhibition relative to DMSO is shown in plated inhibition, and the amount of inhibition exceeds the expected amount in plated ADD excess inhibition (Figure 15 (a) to Figure 15 (e)). The concentration of Compound 1, HCl is shown along the bottom column from left to right and the increased concentration of Compound 3 is shown along the leftmost row from bottom to top. All remaining points in the grid display are generated by a combination of two inhibitors corresponding to a single agent concentration indicated on two axes. Data analysis using cell proliferation was described in Lehar et al.,Nat Biotechnol .2009 year Implemented by Chalice Analyser in July; 27 (7): 659-666. The Loewe synergy model was used to calculate the excess inhibition, and its effect on growth was measured relative to the expected growth when the two drugs were presented in a single dose. Positive numbers indicate areas where synergy is increased.Synergy score SS ~ 0 → Dose additive SS > 2 → Synergy SS > 1 → Weak synergy result The combined treatment of compound 1 and compound 3 caused a synergistic growth inhibition (ie, a synergy score higher than 2) of 8/10 small cell lung cancer cell lines. It is important that synergy effects are marked with a synergy score higher than 6 in 6 cell lines.Examples 13 : MCL1 Inhibitor ( Compound 3 ) and BCL - 2 Inhibitor ( Compound 1 , HCl or ABT - 199 ) Patient-derived primary AML model HAMLX5343 In vivo efficacy Materials and methods material animal Prior to manipulation, female mice with immunodeficiency gamma (NOD scid gamma; NSG) weighing 17 to 27 grams (Jackson Laboratories) were allowed to freely access food and water for 3 days to adapt to the new environment.Primary tumor model carryKRAS Mutated patient-derived primary AML model HAMLX5343 and wild typeFLT3 Obtained from the Dana Farber Cancer Institute.Test compound , Formulation Compound 1, HCl was formulated as a solution in 5% ethanol, 20% Dexolve-7 for intravenous administration, or in PEG300 / EtOH / water (40/10/50) for oral administration. ABT-199 is formulated in PEG300 / EtOH / water (40/10/50) for oral administration. All of them are stable for at least one week at 4 ° C. Compound 3 was formulated as a solution in a lipid formulation for intravenous formulation, which formulation was stable at 4 ° C for 3 weeks. Vehicle and compound administration solutions are prepared as needed. All animals were administered Compound 1 (expressed as free base) or ABT-199 at 10 mL / kg, or Compound 3 at 5 mL / kg.method Research design Eight treatment groups were used in the study 7844HAMLX5343-XEF, as outlined in Table 15. When the average tumor burden (% of CD-45 positive cells) is between 8% and 15%, all treatments are initiated. In this study, as a single agent, Compound 1 was administered by oral gavage (po) or intravenously at 50 mg / kg once a week, and ABT-199 was administered by oral gavage (po) at 25 mg / kg It was administered once a week, or Compound 3 was administered once a week at 12.5 mg / kg for 18 days. Both Compound 1 (expressed as free base) and ABT-199 were administered at 10 mL / kg. Compound 3 was administered at 5 mL / kg. The dose is adjusted according to body weight. Body weight was recorded twice a week and tumor burden was recorded once a week. Table 15. Dose * and dose schedule for 7844HAMLX5343-XEF * Free base Primary AML model For this experiment, 32 mice were implanted with the primary AML strain HAMLX5343. Mice were injected intravenously with 2.0 million leukemia cells. When the tumor burden was between 8% and 15%, the animals were randomly distributed into 8 groups of 4 mice each, each for vehicle, compound 1 (po), compound 1 (iv), ABT-199, Compound 3 or combination therapy. After 18 days of treatment, the study was terminated when the tumor load reached 99%. Tumor burden was measured by FACS analysis.Animal monitoring Monitor animal health and behavior twice daily, including trimming and movement. Mice were monitored for overall health and mortality was recorded daily. Kill any dying animal.Tumor measurement Mice draw blood via tail trimming once a week. The blood was divided into IgG control wells and CD33 / CD45 wells in a 96-well plate. Blood was lysed twice with 200 µl of RBC lysis buffer at room temperature and then washed once with FACS buffer (5% FBS in PBS). Subsequently, the samples were incubated in 100 µl of blocking buffer (5% mouse Fc block + 5% human Fc block + 90% FACS buffer) at 4 ° C for 10 to 30 minutes. Add 20 µl IgG control mixture (2.5 µl mouse igG1 K isotype control-PE + 2.5 µl mouse igG1 K isotype control-APC + 15 µl FACS buffer) to IgG control wells and 20 µl CD33 / CD45 mixture (2.5 µl Mouse anti-human CD33-PE + 2.5 µl mouse anti-human CD45-APC + 15 µl FACS buffer). Prior to analysis, samples were incubated at 4 ° C for 30 to 60 minutes and then washed twice. The samples were run on Canto with FACSDiva software. Analysis was performed using FloJo software. The percentage of CD45-positive living single cells is reported as tumor burden.ANALYSE information The treatment / control (T / C) percentage value is calculated using the following formula:% T / C = 100 ´ DT / DC if DT> 0% regression = 100 ´ DT / Tinitial , If DT <0 where: T = mean tumor load of the drug treatment group on the last study day; DT = mean tumor load of the drug treatment group on the last study day-average tumor load of the drug treatment group on the initial administration day; Tinitial = Average tumor burden of the drug treatment group on the day of initial administration; C = average tumor burden of the control group on the last study day; and DC = average tumor load of the control group on the last study day-average of the control group on the initial administration day Tumor burden. All data are presented as mean ± SEM. △ Tumor load and weight were used for statistical analysis. Comparisons between groups of final measurements were performed using the ANOVA of the Duke's test. GraphPad Prism was used for statistical analysis.Statistical Analysis All data are presented as mean ± standard error of the mean (SEM). △ Tumor volume and weight were used for statistical analysis. Kruskal-Wallis ANOVA was used for comparison between groups, followed by post hoc Dunn's test or Tukey's test. For all statistical evaluations, the significance level was set at p <0.05. Unless otherwise stated, the significance compared to the vehicle control group is reported. Standard protocols for pharmacological studies do not predetermine efficacy to demonstrate the statistically significant superiority of the combination over the corresponding single agent treatment. Statistical power is often limited by effective single agent response and / or model variation. However, p-values are provided for combination versus single agent treatments. result Of combination MCL1 and BCL - 2 Synergistic antitumor effect In the 7844HAMLX5343-XEF study, once a week at 50 mg / kg (oral oriv ), 25 mg / kg (oral) or 12.5 mg / kg (iv ) When administered, only Compound 1, ABT-199 or Compound 3 is carryingKRAS The mutant HAMLX5343 model did not show antitumor activity (98%, 92%, 98%, or 99% T / C%, respectively, p> 0.05). In this model, compound 3 (12.5 mg / kg) was compounded with 50 mg / kg of compound 1 or 25 mg / kg of ABT-199 once a week.iv ) Oral administration leads to tumor stasis (T / C% of 3% or 6%, p <0.05). On the other hand, the intravenous administration of the combination of Compound 1 and Compound 3 caused almost complete regression of the tumor (100% regression), which was significantly different from a single agent (p <0.05) or Compound 1 / Compound 3 po /iv combination. The average tumor burden of each treatment group was plotted against time for the 18-day treatment period, as shown in FIG. 1. Changes in tumor burden, T / C%, or% regression are presented in Table 16 and Figures 16 (a) to 16 (b).table 16. Overview of Antitumor Effects in 7844HAMLX5343-XEF Studies * p < 0.05 compared with vehicle and single agent (ANOVA, Tukey's test) ** p < 0.05 comparedpo / iv Combination (ANOVA, Duke's Test) in conclusion AML is an aggressive and heterogeneous malignant hematological disease caused by the transformation of hematopoietic progenitor cells obtained by genetic modification (Patel et al.,New England Journal of Medicine 2012 366: 1079-1089). The 5-year survival rate of AML is lower due to the lack of effective therapies. Apoptosis escape is characteristic of cancer (Hanahan et al.Cell 2000 100: 57-70) One of the main means by which cancer cells escape from apoptosis is to promote the survival of BCL-2 family proteins, such as BCL-2, BCL-xL, and MCL1. The MCL1 gene is the most commonly amplified gene in cancer patients. (Beroukhim et al., Nature 2010 463: 899-905). In addition, both BCL-2 and MCL1 are highly expressed in AML. Therefore, the combination of compound 1 (BCL-2i) and compound 3 (MCL1) can provide synergy as a universal mechanism against AML by enhancing pro-apoptotic signals. Here we show that BCL-2 inhibitor compound 1 or ABT-199 binding compound 3 (MCL1 inhibitor) has a significant synergistic effect in the treatment of AML in an AML xenograft model with a KRAS mutation (wt FLT3).iv / iv Compound 1 / Compound 3 combination is better than the same dosepo / iv Combination therapy. The results indicate that the combination of BCL-2 and MCL1 inhibitors will be an effective therapy for AML.

圖1.BCL - 2 MCL1 之表現在 AML 中普遍。 對具有>70%母細胞之7個AML細胞株及13個原發性AML樣品的指定蛋白質進行免疫墨點法,其展示了主要表現BCL-2以及MCL1蛋白質,與在較低比例之樣品中表現的BCL-XL形成對比。 圖2.組合之 BCL - 2 / MCL1 靶向對 AML 具有活體外及活體內的協同活性。 (A) 54個原發性AML樣品與6對數濃度範圍之化合物1(鹽酸鹽)、化合物2或以1:1濃度在RPMI/15% FCS中培育48小時且測定LC50 (B) NSG小鼠之四個群組用表現螢光素酶之MV4;11細胞移植。腫瘤移植在第10天(基線)時驗證,且隨後化合物1,HCl以100 mg/d在工作日經口(表現為游離鹼)或化合物2以25 mg/kg IV每週兩次開始投與,持續4週。化合物2及與化合物1之組合的影響藉由起始治療後14天及28天螢光素酶體積的減少,及整體上存活期增加來證明(C)。 圖3.組合之 BCL - 2 / MCL1 靶向來自正常供體之正常 CD34 + 細胞或白血病母細胞的毒性檢定。 塗鋪分類之正常CD34+或白血病母細胞,且以指定濃度之1:1比率的化合物1,HCl及化合物2處理。組合之化合物1+化合物2對白血病有毒但對正常CD34+祖細胞無毒。 圖4. DB 細胞 ( A ) 及托萊多 (Toledo) 細胞 ( B ) 中由 化合物 3 以及 化合物 1 HCl 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊 ( Loewe ) 過量抑制 ( ) 的細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣。 效應矩陣之值範圍為0(不抑制)至100(完全抑制)。協同矩陣之值表示生長抑制超過基於所測試濃度之化合物3及化合物1,HCl的單一藥劑活性所計算的理論相加性的程度。協同效應在貫穿大範圍單一藥劑濃度內出現。 圖5.大鼠之淋巴瘤 Karpass422 異種移植模型中化合物 1 HCl 、化合物 3 及化合物 1 HCl+ 化合物 3 之組合的抗腫瘤效應。 圖6.大鼠之淋巴瘤 Karpass422 異種移植模型中經化合物 1 HCl 、化合物 3 及化合物 1 HCl + 化合物 3 之組合治療的動物的體重變化。 圖7.化合物 1 HCl 、化合物 3 及化合物 1 HCl+ 化合物 3 組合在小鼠之 DLBCL Toledo 異種移植模型中的抗腫瘤效應。 圖8.小鼠之 DLBCL Toledo 異種移植模型中經化合物 1 HCl 、化合物 3 及化合物 1 HCl+ 化合物 3 之組合治療的動物的體重變化。 圖9(A)及圖(B).在兩個獨立實驗中 AML 細胞株 OCI - AML3 中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及 化合物 1 HCl ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊過量抑制 ( ) 的細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣。 效應矩陣之值範圍為0(不抑制)至100(完全抑制)。協同矩陣之值表示生長抑制超過基於所測試濃度之化合物3及化合物1,HCl的單一藥劑活性所計算的理論相加性的程度。協同效應在貫穿大範圍單一藥劑濃度內出現。 圖10(A)及圖(B).在兩個獨立實驗中 NB 細胞株 LAN - 6 中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及 化合物 1 HCl ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊過量抑制 ( ) 的細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣 ( N1 上圖 N2 下圖 ) 效應矩陣之值範圍為0(不抑制)至100(完全抑制)。協同矩陣之值表示生長抑制超過基於所測試濃度之化合物3及化合物1,HCl的單一藥劑活性所計算的理論相加性的程度。 圖11.在兩個獨立實驗中 B - ALL 細胞株 NALM - 6 中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及 化合物 1 HCl ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊過量抑制 ( ) 的細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣 ( N1 上圖 N2 下圖 ) 圖12. MCL 細胞株 Z - 138 中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及 化合物 1 HCl ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊過量抑制 ( ) 的細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣。 圖13.在兩個獨立實驗中 AML 細胞株 OCI - AML3 中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及 ABT - 199 ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊過量抑制 ( ) 的細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣 ( N1 上圖 N2 下圖 ) 圖14. AML 細胞株中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及 化合物 4 HCl ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之 細胞生長 ( ) 抑制及洛伊過量抑制 ( ) 的例示性細胞生長抑制效應及協同組合矩陣 ( ML - 2 細胞在 A 中且 OCI - AML - 3 B ) 圖15 (a)至圖(e). SCLC 細胞株組中由化合物 3 ( MCL1 抑制劑 ) 以及化合物 1 HCl ( BCL - 2 抑制劑 ) 獲得之抑制 ( ) 、洛伊盈餘抑制 ( 中間 ) 及生長抑制的劑量矩陣。 圖16 (a)至圖(b).小鼠之源自患者的原發性 AML 模型 HAMLX5343 中化合物 1 HCl ABT - 199 、化合物 3 及化合物 1 HCl ABT - 199 + 化合物 3 之組合的抗腫瘤效應。 圖17.AML BH3 - 模擬單藥療法、或藥物組合 ( 1 : 1 比率測試 ) 敏感性 ( LC50 ) 的熱圖對比 相對於 48 小時暴露之後的化學治療 ( 艾達黴素 idarubicin ) 。展示各原發性 AML 樣品在 DMSO 48 小時之後的細胞存活率。 Figure 1. The performance of BCL - 2 and MCL1 is common in AML . Immune dot blot method was performed on 7 AML cell lines with> 70% mother cells and 13 primary AML samples, which showed the major expression of BCL-2 and MCL1 proteins, and in a lower proportion of samples The performance of BCL-XL contrasts. Figure 2. The combined BCL - 2 / MCL1 targeting has synergistic activity against AML in vitro and in vivo. (A) 54 primary AML samples with compound 1 (hydrochloride), compound 2 in a 6 logarithmic concentration range or incubate for 48 hours at 1: 1 concentration in RPMI / 15% FCS and determine LC 50 Four groups of mice were transplanted with MV4; 11 cells expressing luciferase. Tumor transplantation was verified on day 10 (baseline), and then Compound 1, HCl was administered orally (as free base) at 100 mg / d on weekdays or Compound 2 was administered twice a week at 25 mg / kg IV For 4 weeks. The effect of Compound 2 and the combination with Compound 1 was demonstrated by a decrease in luciferase volume, and an increase in overall survival, 14 and 28 days after initiation of treatment (C). Figure 3. Toxicity assay of combined BCL - 2 / MCL1 targeting normal CD34 + cells or leukemia blasts from normal donors . Classified normal CD34 + or leukemia blasts were plated and treated with Compound 1, HCl and Compound 2 at a 1: 1 ratio of the specified concentration. The combined compound 1 + compound 2 is toxic to leukemia but non-toxic to normal CD34 + progenitor cells. 4. In FIG DB cells (A) and Toledo (Toledo) cells (B), and compound 3 from compound 1 HCl The obtained cell growth (left), and inhibition Loewe (Loewe) inhibition excess (right) cells Growth inhibition effect and synergistic combination matrix. The value of the effect matrix ranges from 0 (no inhibition) to 100 (complete inhibition). The values of the synergy matrix represent the extent to which growth inhibition exceeds the theoretical additiveness calculated based on the single agent activity of the tested concentrations of Compound 3 and Compound 1, HCl. Synergistic effects occur across a wide range of single agent concentrations. Figure 5. Antitumor effects of compound 1 , HCl , compound 3, and compound 1 , HCl + compound 3 in a rat lymphoma Karpass422 xenograft model . Figure 6. Changes in body weight of animals treated with a combination of Compound 1 , HCl , Compound 3, and Compound 1 , HCl + Compound 3 in a rat lymphoma Karpass422 xenograft model . Figure 7. Antitumor effects of compound 1 , HCl , compound 3, and compound 1 , HCl + compound 3 in a mouse DLBCL Toledo xenograft model. Figure 8. Body weight changes in animals treated with a combination of Compound 1 , HCl , Compound 3, and Compound 1 , HCl + Compound 3 in a mouse DLBCL Toledo xenograft model . FIG. 9 (A) and (B) of the two independent experiments, in the AML cell lines OCI -. AML3 by Compound 3 (MCL1 inhibitor) and Compound 1, HCl - to obtain the (BCL 2 inhibitors) Cell Growth ( Left ) Cell growth inhibitory effects and synergistic combination matrices of inhibitory and Loy overinhibition ( right ) . The value of the effect matrix ranges from 0 (no inhibition) to 100 (complete inhibition). The values of the synergy matrix represent the extent to which growth inhibition exceeds the theoretical additiveness calculated based on the single agent activity of the tested concentrations of Compound 3 and Compound 1, HCl. Synergistic effects occur across a wide range of single agent concentrations. FIG 10 (A) and (B) of the two independent experiments, the cell line NB LAN -. 6 from the compound 3 (MCL1 inhibitor) and Compound 1, HCl - to obtain the (BCL 2 inhibitors) Cell Growth ( Left ) Inhibition and synergistic combination matrices of inhibitory and Roy over-inhibition ( right ) ( N1 : upper picture ; N2 : lower picture ) . The value of the effect matrix ranges from 0 (no inhibition) to 100 (complete inhibition). The values of the synergy matrix represent the extent to which growth inhibition exceeds the theoretical additiveness calculated based on the single agent activity of the tested concentrations of Compound 3 and Compound 1, HCl. 11. In FIG two independent experiments, the B - ALL cell lines NALM - 6 from Compound 3 (MCL1 inhibitor) and Compound 1, HCl (BCL - 2 inhibitor) to obtain the cell growth (left) and Los inhibition excess inhibition Yi (right) and a synergistic cytostatic effect of combining matrix (N1: figure; N2: lower panel). Figure 12. Cell growth ( left ) and Loy excess inhibition ( right ) of cell growth obtained from compound 3 ( MCL1 inhibitor ) and compound 1 , HCl ( BCL - 2 inhibitor ) in MCL cell line Z - 138 Inhibition effect and synergistic combination matrix. Figure 13. In two independent experiments , cell growth ( left ) and Loy excess inhibition obtained from compound 3 ( MCL1 inhibitor ) and ABT - 199 ( BCL - 2 inhibitor ) in AML cell line OCI - AML3 ( Right ) Cell growth inhibition effect and synergistic combination matrix ( N1 : upper picture ; N2 : lower picture ) . 14. FIG AML cell lines by compounds 3 (MCL1 inhibitor) and the compound 4, HCl (BCL - 2 inhibitors) to obtain the growth of cells (left) and Loy inhibiting excessive inhibition (right) Exemplary cytostatic effect and a synergistic combination of a matrix (ML - 2 cells in A and OCI - AML - 3 in B). Figure 15 (a) to (e). Inhibition ( left ) , Loy surplus inhibition ( middle ) obtained from compound 3 ( MCL1 inhibitor ) and compound 1 , HCl ( BCL - 2 inhibitor ) in SCLC cell line group ) And growth inhibition dose matrix. Figures 16 (a) to (b). Combination of compound 1 , HCl , ABT - 199 , compound 3 and compound 1 , HCl or ABT - 199 + compound 3 in a mouse-derived patient-derived primary AML model HAMLX5343 Antitumor effect. FIG 17. AML of BH3 - Analog monotherapy, or a pharmaceutical composition (a 1: 1 ratio test) FIG comparative heat sensitive (LC 50) with respect to chemotherapy (doxorubicin Ida after 48 hours of exposure; idarubicin ) . Cell viability of each primary AML sample after 48 hours in DMSO is shown .

Claims (46)

一種組合,其包含: (a) 式(I)之BCL-2抑制劑:其中: X及Y表示碳原子或氮原子,應理解其可不同時表示兩個碳原子或兩個氮原子, A1 及A2 與攜帶其之原子一起形成視情況經取代之由5、6或7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族雜環Het,除了表示為X或Y的氮之外,其亦可含有1至3個獨立地選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所討論之氮可經表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、或基團-C(O)-O-Alk的基團取代,其中Alk為直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 或A1 及A2 彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或環烷基, T表示氫原子、視情況經1至3個鹵素原子取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、基團(C1 -C4 )烷基-NR1 R2 或基團(C1 -C4 )烷基-OR6 , R1 及R2 彼此獨立地表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 或R1 及R2 與攜帶其之氮原子形成雜環烷基, R3 表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、環烷基、(C3 -C10 )環烷基-(C1 -C6 )烷基,其中烷基部分為直鏈或分支鏈的、雜環烷基、芳基或雜芳基,應理解前述基團之碳原子或其可能的取代基之碳原子中之一或多者可氘化, R4 表示芳基、雜芳基、環烷基或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,應理解前述基團之碳原子或其可能的取代基之碳原子中之一或多者可氘化, R5 表示氫或鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基, R6 表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, Ra 、Rb 、Rc 及Rd 彼此各獨立地表示R7 、鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、三氟甲氧基、-NR7 R7 '、硝基、R7 -CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、NR7 R7 '-CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、NR7 R7 '-CO-(C0 -C6 )烷基-O-、R7 -SO2 -NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -NH-CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、R7 -O-CO-NH-(C0 -C6 )烷基-、雜環烷基或對(Ra 、Rb )、(Rb 、Rc )或(Rc 、Rd )中之一者的取代基與攜帶其的碳原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的環,其可含有1至2個選自氧及硫的雜原子,亦應理解上文定義之環的一或多個碳原子可氘化或經1至3個選自鹵素及直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基的基團取代, R7 及R7 '彼此獨立地表示氫、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、芳基或雜芳基,或R7 及R7 '與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成之雜環, 應理解,當式(I)之化合物含有羥基時,後者可視情況轉化為以下基團中之一者:-OPO(OM)(OM')、-OPO(OM)(O- M1 + )、-OPO(O- M1 + )(O- M2 + )、-OPO(O- )(O- )M3 2 + 、-OPO(OM)(O[CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 )或-OPO(O- M1 + )(O[CH2 CH2 O]n CH3 ),其中M及M'彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、環烷基或雜環烷基,兩者皆由5至6環成員構成,同時M1 + 及M2 + 彼此獨立地表示醫藥學上可接受之單價陽離子,M3 2 + 表示醫藥學上可接受之二價陽離子,且n為1至5之整數, 應理解: 「芳基」意指苯基、萘基、聯苯基或茚基, 「雜芳基」意指任何由5至10個環成員構成之單環基或雙環基,其具有至少一個芳族部分且含有1至4個選自氧、硫及氮(包括四級氮)之雜原子, 「環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員之單環或雙環非芳族碳環基, 「雜環烷基」意指任何由3至10個環成員構成且含有1至3個選自氧、硫、SO、SO2 及氮之雜原子的單環或雙環非芳族稠合基團或螺基, 有可能如此定義之該等芳基、雜芳基、環烷基及雜環烷基,及該等基團烷基、烯基、炔基及烷氧基由1至3個選自以下各者之基團取代:視情況經羥基、嗎啉、3-3-二氟哌啶或3-3-二氟吡咯啶取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基;(C3 -C6 )螺環;視情況經嗎啉取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基;(C1 -C6 )烷基-S-;羥基;側氧基;N -氧化物;硝基;氰基;-COOR';-OCOR';NR'R";直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基;三氟甲氧基;(C1 -C6 )烷基磺醯基;鹵素;視情況經一或多個鹵素取代之芳基;雜芳基;芳氧基;芳基硫基;環烷基;視情況經一或多個鹵素原子或烷基取代之雜環烷基,其中R'及R"彼此獨立地表示氫原子或視情況經甲氧基取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, 式(I)中定義的該Het基團可能經1至3個選自直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、NR1 'R1 "及鹵素之基團取代,應理解R1 '及R1 "如關於上文提及之該等基團R'及R"所定義, 或其對映異構體、非對映異構體,或其與醫藥學上可接受之酸或鹼的加成鹽, 及(b) MCL1抑制劑, 同時、依序或分開使用。A combination comprising: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I): Among them: X and Y represent a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, it should be understood that they may not represent two carbon atoms or two nitrogen atoms at the same time. A 1 and A 2 together with the atom carrying them form a substituted by 5, 6 or An aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic ring Het composed of 7 ring members, in addition to nitrogen represented by X or Y, may also contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms independently selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. It should be understood The nitrogen in question may be substituted by a group representing a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, or a group -C (O) -O-Alk, where Alk is straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or A 1 and A 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) Alkyl or cycloalkyl, T represents a hydrogen atom, optionally a straight or branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, or a group (C 1 -C 4 ) alkane substituted with 1 to 3 halogen atoms A group -NR 1 R 2 or a group (C 1 -C 4 ) alkyl-OR 6 , R 1 and R 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, or R 1 and R 2 form with the nitrogen atom which carries the heterocycloalkyl group, R 3 represents a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6) Group, a linear or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkenyl group, a linear or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkynyl, cycloalkyl, (C 3 -C 10) cycloalkyl - (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, in which the alkyl moiety is a straight or branched, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group, it should be understood that one of the carbon atoms of the foregoing group or the carbon atom of its possible substituents One or more may be deuterated, R 4 represents aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, it should be understood that the carbon atom of the foregoing group or its possible substitution One or more of the carbon atoms of the radical may be deuterated, R 5 represents a hydrogen or halogen atom, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl or a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkane An oxygen group, R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, and R a , R b , R c, and R d each independently represent R 7 , a halogen atom, a straight chain, or a branch (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, hydroxy, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, trifluoromethoxy, -NR 7 R 7 ', nitro, R 7- CO- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, R 7 -CO-NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, NR 7 R 7 '-CO- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, NR 7 R 7 '-CO- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl -O-, R 7 -SO 2 -NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, R 7 -NH-CO-NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, R 7 -O-CO- NH- (C 0 -C 6 ) alkyl-, heterocycloalkyl or a substituent of one of (R a , R b ), (R b , R c ), or (R c , Rd ) The carbon atoms carrying it together form a ring composed of 5 to 7 ring members, which may contain 1 to 2 heteroatoms selected from oxygen and sulfur. It should also be understood that one or more carbon atoms of the ring defined above may be Deuterated or substituted with 1 to 3 groups selected from halogen and straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl groups, R 7 and R 7 'independently of each other represent hydrogen, straight or branched chain (C 1- C 6 ) alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, aryl or heteroaryl, or R 7 and R 7 'together with the nitrogen atom carrying it forms a heterocyclic ring composed of 5 to 7 ring members. It should be understood that when the compound of formula (I) contains a hydroxyl group, the latter may optionally be converted into one of the following groups:- OPO (OM) (OM ') , - OPO (OM) (OM 1 +), - OPO (OM 1 +) (OM 2 +), - OPO (O -) (O -) M 3 2 + , -OPO (OM) (O [CH 2 CH 2 O] n CH 3 ) or -OPO (O - M 1 + ) (O [CH 2 CH 2 O] n CH 3 ), wherein M and M 'independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, a straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, a straight or branched chain (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, cycloalkyl, or heterocycloalkyl, both of which are composed of 5 to 6 ring members, and M 1 + and M 2 + independently represent a pharmaceutically acceptable monovalent cation , M 3 2 + represents a pharmaceutically acceptable divalent cation, and n is an integer of 1 to 5, it should be understood that: "aryl" means phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl or indenyl, "heteroaryl By `` radical '' is meant any monocyclic or bicyclic radical consisting of 5 to 10 ring members, which has at least one aromatic moiety and contains 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen (including quaternary nitrogen) "Cycloalkyl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 3 to 10 ring members, and "heterocycloalkyl" means any consisting of 3 to 10 ring members and containing 1 to 3 A monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic condensed group or spiro group of heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, SO, SO 2 and nitrogen, such aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl and Heterocycloalkyl, and such groups Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl and alkoxy are substituted by 1 to 3 groups selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, morpholine, 3-3-difluoropiperidine or 3-3-difluoro, as appropriate Pyrrolidine-substituted linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl; (C 3 -C 6 ) spirocyclic ring; optionally, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy substituted with morpholine (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-S-; hydroxyl; pendant oxygen; N -oxide; nitro; cyano; -COOR ';-OCOR';NR'R"; straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl; trifluoromethoxy; (C 1 -C 6 ) alkylsulfonyl; halogen; aryl optionally substituted with one or more halogens; heteroaryl; Aryloxy; arylthio; cycloalkyl; heterocycloalkyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms or alkyl, wherein R 'and R "independently represent each other a hydrogen atom or optionally methoxy A substituted or unbranched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, the Het group as defined in formula (I) may be selected from 1 to 3 straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkanes group, a hydroxyl group, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy, NR 1 'R 1 ", and the halo substituted group, it should be understood that R 1' and R 1" as mentioned above on the As defined by equivalent groups R 'and R ", or its enantiomers, diastereomers, or addition salts thereof with pharmaceutically acceptable acids or bases, and (b) MCL1 inhibitors , Simultaneously, sequentially or separately. 一種組合,其包含: (a) BCL-2抑制劑及 (b) 式(II)之MCL1抑制劑:其中: A表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、-S-(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、氰基、-NW10 W10 '、-Cy6 或鹵素原子, W1 、W2 、W3 、W4 及W5 彼此獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、-S-(C1 -C6 )烷基、氰基、硝基、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-NW8 W8 '、-O-Cy1 、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 、-烯基(C2 -C6 )-Cy1 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-Cy1 、-O-烷基(C1 -C6 )-W9 、-C(O)-OW8 、-O-C(O)-W8 、-C(O)-NW8 W8 '、-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-NW8 -C(O)-OW8 '、-烷基(C1 -C6 )-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-SO2 -NW8 W8 '、-SO2 -烷基(C1 -C6 ), 或當接枝至兩個鄰近碳原子上,對(W1 、W2 )、(W2 、W3 )、(W1 、W3 )、(W4 、W5 )中之一者的取代基與攜帶其的碳原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族環,其可含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所得環可經選自直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、-NW10 W10 '、-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 或側氧基之基團取代, X'表示碳原子或氮原子, W6 表示氫、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C8 )烷基、芳基、雜芳基、芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團、雜芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團, W7 表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、-Cy3 、-烷基(C1 -C6 )-Cy3 、-烯基(C2 -C6 )-Cy3 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-Cy3 、-Cy3 -Cy4 、-炔基(C2 -C6 )-O-Cy3 、-Cy3 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy4 、鹵素原子、氰基、-C(O)-W11 或-C(O)-NW11 W11 ', W8 及W8 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy1 ,或(W8 、W8 ')與攜帶其之氮原子一起形成由5至7個環成員構成的芳族或非芳族環,除氮原子之外,其亦可含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子,應理解所討論之氮可由表示氫原子、或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基的基團取代,且應理解可能之取代基的一或多個碳原子可氘化, W9 表示-Cy1 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-NW8 -烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy2 、-Cy1 -Cy2 -O-烷基(C0 -C6 )-Cy5 、-C(O)-NW8 W8 '、-NW8 W8 '、-OW8 、-NW8 -C(O)-W8 '、-O-烷基(C1 -C6 )-OW8 、-SO2 -W8 、-C(O)-OW8 、-NH-C(O)-NH-W8,有可能如此定義之銨以兩性離子形式存在或具有單價陰離子相對離子, W10 、W10 '、W11 及W11 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子或視情況經取代之直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, W12 表示氫或羥基, W13 表示氫原子或直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基, W14 表示-O-P(O)(O- )(O- )基團、-O-P(O)(O- )(OW16 )基團、-O-P(O)(OW16 )(OW16 ')基團、-O-SO2 -O- 基團、-O-SO2 -OW16 基團、-Cy7 、-O-C(O)-W15 基團、-O-C(O)-OW15 基團或-O-C(O)-NW15 W15 '基團, W15 及W15 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或直鏈或分支鏈胺基(C1 -C6 )烷基, W16 及W16 '彼此獨立地表示氫原子、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基或芳基烷基(C1 -C6 )基團, Cy1 、Cy2 、Cy3 、Cy4 、Cy5 、Cy6 及Cy7 彼此獨立地表示環烷基、雜環烷基、芳基或雜芳基, n為等於0或1之整數, 應理解: 「芳基」意指苯基、萘基、聯苯基、二氫茚基或茚基, 「雜芳基」意指任何由5至10個環成員組成之單環基或雙環基,其具有至少一個芳族部分且含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子, 「環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員之單環或雙環非芳族碳環基, 「雜環烷基」意指任何含有3至10個環成員且含有1至3個選自氧、硫及氮之雜原子的單環或雙環非芳族碳環基,其可包括稠合、橋聯或螺環系統, 有可能如此定義之該等芳基、雜芳基、環烷基及雜環烷基,及該等烷基、烯基、炔基、烷氧基由1至4個選自以下各者之基團取代:直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基,其可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代,該直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基可由直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、羥基、鹵素、側氧基、-NW'W"、-O-C(O)-W'或-CO-NW'W"取代;直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )烯基;可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基;可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基、直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基、直鏈或分支鏈(C2 -C6 )炔基、-NW'W"或羥基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基;可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的(C1 -C6 )烷基-S-;羥基;側氧基;N -氧化物;硝基;氰基;-C(O)-OW';-O-C(O)-W';-CO-NW'W";-NW'W";-(C=NW')-OW";直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )多鹵烷基;三氟甲氧基;或鹵素;應理解W'及W"彼此獨立地表示氫原子或可由表示直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷氧基之基團取代的直鏈或分支鏈(C1 -C6 )烷基;且應理解前述可能的取代基之一或多個碳原子可氘化, 其對映異構體、非對映異構體及構型異構體,及其與醫藥學上可接受之酸或鹼的加成鹽, 同時、依序或分開使用。A combination comprising: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II): Where: A represents a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, a linear or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, a linear or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, straight Chain or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, -S- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, hydroxyl, cyano, -NW 10 W 10 ', -Cy 6 or a halogen atom, W 1 , W 2 , W 3 , W 4 and W 5 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a straight chain or a branched chain (C 1 -C 6 ) Alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, Hydroxyl, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, -S- (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, cyano, nitro, -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -NW 8 W 8 ', -O-Cy 1 , -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , -alkenyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , -alkynyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , -O-alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -W 9 , -C (O) -OW 8 , -OC (O) -W 8 , -C (O) -NW 8 W 8 ', -NW 8 -C (O) -W 8 ', -NW 8 -C (O) -OW 8 ', -alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -NW 8 -C (O) -W 8 ', -SO 2 -NW 8 W 8 ', -SO 2 -alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ), or when grafted to two adjacent carbon atoms, for (W 1 , W 2 ), (W 2 , W 3 ), (W 1 , W 3 ), (W 4 , W 5 ), together with the carbon atom carrying it, form a substituent of 5 to 7 ring members The aromatic or non-aromatic ring formed may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. It should be understood that the resulting ring may be selected from linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl groups. , -NW 10 W 10 ', -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 or a group substituted with a pendant oxygen group, X' represents a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom, W 6 represents hydrogen, a straight chain or a branched chain ( C 1 -C 8 ) alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, arylalkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) group, heteroarylalkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) group, W 7 represents straight chain Or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkenyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, -Cy 3 , -alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -Cy 3 , -alkenyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 3 , -alkynyl (C 2 -C 6 ) -Cy 3 , -Cy 3 -Cy 4 , -alkynyl ( C 2 -C 6 ) -O-Cy 3 , -Cy 3 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -O-alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 4 , halogen atom, cyano, -C ( O) -W 11 or -C (O) -NW 11 W 11 ′, W 8 and W 8 ′ independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group or an -alkyl group ( C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 1 , or (W 8 , W 8 ′) together with the nitrogen atom carrying it to form an aromatic or non-aromatic ring composed of 5 to 7 ring members, in addition to the nitrogen atom, it also It may contain 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur, and nitrogen. It should be understood that the nitrogen in question may be substituted by a group representing a hydrogen atom, or a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, and should It is understood that one or more carbon atoms of possible substituents may be deuterated, and W 9 represents -Cy 1 , -Cy 1 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 2 , -Cy 1 -alkyl (C 0- C 6 ) -O-alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 2 , -Cy 1 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -NW 8 -alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 2 ,- Cy 1 -Cy 2 -O-alkyl (C 0 -C 6 ) -Cy 5 , -C (O) -NW 8 W 8 ', -NW 8 W 8 ', -OW 8 , -NW 8 -C ( O) -W 8 ', -O-alkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) -OW 8 , -SO 2 -W 8 , -C (O) -OW 8 , -NH-C (O) -NH-W 8 , or It is possible that the ammonium thus defined exists in the form of zwitterions or has a monovalent counter ion, and W 10 , W 10 ′, W 11 and W 11 ′ independently represent hydrogen atoms or optionally substituted straight or branched chains ( C 1 -C 6) alkyl, W 12 represents hydrogen or hydroxy, W 13 represents a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkyl, W 14 represents -OP (O) (O -) ( O -) group, -OP (O) (O - ) (OW 16) group, -OP (O) (OW 16 ) (OW 16 ') groups, -O-SO 2 -O - group, -O-SO 2 -OW 16 group, -Cy 7 , -OC (O) -W 15 group, -OC (O) -OW 15 group, or -OC (O) -NW 15 W 15 'group , W 15 and W 15 'independently of each other represent a hydrogen atom, a straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group or a straight or branched amine (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl group, W 16 and W 16 'independently of each other represents a hydrogen atom, a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl or arylalkyl (C 1 -C 6 ) group, Cy 1 , Cy 2 , Cy 3 , Cy 4 , Cy 5 , Cy 6 and Cy 7 independently represent cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl, and n is an integer equal to 0 or 1. It should be understood that “aryl” means phenyl, naphthalene Radical, biphenyl, dihydroindenyl or "Heteroaryl" means any monocyclic or bicyclic group consisting of 5 to 10 ring members, which has at least one aromatic moiety and contains 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, “Cycloalkyl” means any monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic group containing 3 to 10 ring members, and “heterocycloalkyl” means any 3 to 10 ring members and 1 to 3 alternatives Monocyclic or bicyclic non-aromatic carbocyclic radicals from heteroatoms of oxygen, sulfur and nitrogen, which may include fused, bridged or spiro ring systems, such aryl, heteroaryl, naphthenes, as may be defined as such And heterocycloalkyl, and the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and alkoxy groups are substituted by 1 to 4 groups selected from the group consisting of straight or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkanes Group, which may be substituted by a group representing a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy group, the linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy group may be substituted by a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy, linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, hydroxyl, halogen, pendant oxygen, -NW'W ", -OC (O) -W 'or -CO -NW'W "substituted; straight or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkenyl group; a straight-chain or can be represented by points Chain (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy groups of the substituted straight-chain or branched (C 2 -C 6) alkynyl; may be represented by a straight-chain or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy, linear (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl, straight or branched (C 2 -C 6 ) alkynyl, -NW'W "or hydroxyl-substituted straight or branched chain (C 1- C 6 ) alkoxy; (C 1 -C 6 ) alkyl-S- substituted by a group representing a linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) alkoxy group; a hydroxyl group; a pendant oxygen group; N -oxide; nitro; cyano; -C (O) -OW '; -OC (O) -W';-CO-NW'W";-NW'W";-(C = NW ') -OW "; linear or branched (C 1 -C 6 ) polyhaloalkyl; trifluoromethoxy; or halogen; it should be understood that W 'and W" independently represent a hydrogen atom or can be represented by a linear or branched chain (C 1 -C 6) alkoxy groups of the substituted straight-chain or branched (C 1 -C 6) alkyl; and it should be understood that the group may be substituted one or more carbon atoms may be deuterated, Its enantiomers, diastereomers and configuration isomers, and addition salts thereof with pharmaceutically acceptable acids or bases are used simultaneously, sequentially or separately. 如請求項1之組合,其中該MCL1抑制劑係如請求項2中所定義之式(II)化合物。A combination as claimed in claim 1, wherein the MCL1 inhibitor is a compound of formula (II) as defined in claim 2. 如請求項1至3中任一項之組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑係N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺。The composition of any one of the requested items 1-3, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor based N - (4- hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6 - [(( 3 S) -3- (4- morpholinyl Methyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 ( 1H ) -isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl} -N -phenyl-5 , 6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazine formamide. 如請求項1至3中任一項之組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑係5-(5-氯-2-{[(3S )-3-(嗎啉-4-基甲基)-3,4-二氫異喹啉-2(1H )-基]羰基}苯基)-N -(5-氰基-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-基)-N -(4-羥苯基)-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-甲醯胺。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is 5- (5-chloro-2-{[(3 S ) -3- (morpholin-4-ylmethyl)- 3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2 (1 H ) -yl] carbonyl} phenyl) -N- (5-cyano-1,2-dimethyl-1 H -pyrrole-3-yl)- N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -1,2-dimethyl- 1H -pyrrole-3-carboxamide. 如請求項4之組合,其中N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺呈鹽酸鹽的形式。As in the combination of claim 4, wherein N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3 S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3,4-dihydro-2 ( 1H ) -isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl} -N -phenyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-1-indene Indomethacin is in the form of the hydrochloride. 如請求項5之組合,其中5-(5-氯-2-{[(3S )-3-(嗎啉-4-基甲基)-3,4-二氫異喹啉-2(1H )-基]羰基}苯基)-N -(5-氰基-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-基)-N -(4-羥苯基)-1,2-二甲基-1H -吡咯-3-甲醯胺呈鹽酸鹽的形式。As a combination of claim 5, wherein 5- (5-chloro-2-{[(3 S ) -3- (morpholin-4-ylmethyl) -3,4-dihydroisoquinoline-2 (1 H) - yl] carbonyl} phenyl) - N - (5- cyano-1,2-dimethyl -1 H - pyrrole-3-yl) - N - (4- hydroxyphenyl) -1,2,5 -Dimethyl- 1H -pyrrole-3-carboxamide is in the form of the hydrochloride salt. 如請求項4或6之組合,其中在組合治療期間,N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺的劑量為50 mg至1500 mg。The combination of claim 4 or 6, wherein during the combination therapy, N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3 S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl) -3 , 4-dihydro-2 (1 H ) -isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl} -N -phenyl-5,6,7,8 -The dose of tetrahydro-1-indolinazine formamidine is 50 mg to 1500 mg. 如請求項1至8中任一項之的組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑一週投與一次。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is administered once a week. 如請求項6或8之組合,其中在該組合治療期間,N -(4-羥苯基)-3-{6-[((3S )-3-(4-嗎啉基甲基)-3,4-二氫-2(1H )-異喹啉基)羰基]-1,3-苯并二氧雜環戊烯-5-基}-N -苯基-5,6,7,8-四氫-1-吲哚嗪甲醯胺一日投與一次。A combination as claimed in claim 6 or 8, wherein during the combination treatment, N- (4-hydroxyphenyl) -3- {6-[((3 S ) -3- (4-morpholinylmethyl)- 3,4-dihydro-2 ( 1H ) -isoquinolinyl) carbonyl] -1,3-benzodioxol-5-yl} -N -phenyl-5,6,7, 8-tetrahydro-1-indolinazine formamide is administered once a day. 如請求項1至3中任一項之組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑係ABT-199。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is ABT-199. 如請求項1至11中任一項之組合,其中該MCL1抑制劑係(2R )-2-{[( 5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(5-氟呋喃-2-基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[1-(2,2,2-三氟乙基)-1H -吡唑-5-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the MCL1 inhibitor is ( 2R ) -2-{[ ( 5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- ( 4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (5-fluorofuran-2-yl) thieno [2,3- d ] pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy}- 3- (2-{[1- (2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) -1 H -pyrazol-5-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propionic acid. 如請求項1至11中任一項之組合,其中該MCL1抑制劑係(2R )-2-{[(5Sa )-5-{3-氯-2-甲基-4-[2-(4-甲基哌嗪-1-基)乙氧基]苯基}-6-(4-氟苯基)噻吩并[2,3-d ]嘧啶-4-基]氧基}-3-(2-{[2-(2-甲氧基苯基)嘧啶-4-基]甲氧基}苯基)丙酸。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the MCL1 inhibitor is ( 2R ) -2-{[(( 5S a ) -5- {3-chloro-2-methyl-4- [2- ( 4-methylpiperazin-1-yl) ethoxy] phenyl} -6- (4-fluorophenyl) thieno [2,3- d ] pyrimidin-4-yl] oxy} -3- ( 2-{[2- (2-methoxyphenyl) pyrimidin-4-yl] methoxy} phenyl) propionic acid. 如請求項1至13中任一項之組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑經口投與。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are administered orally. 如請求項1至13中任一項之組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑經口投與且該MCL1抑制劑經靜脈內投與。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor is administered orally and the MCL1 inhibitor is administered intravenously. 如請求項1至13中任一項之組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑經靜脈內投與。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 13, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are administered intravenously. 如請求項1至16中任一項之組合,其用於治療癌症。A combination as claimed in any one of claims 1 to 16 for use in the treatment of cancer. 如請求項17之供使用的組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑以對該癌症治療共同治療有效的量提供。The combination for use as claimed in claim 17, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in an amount effective for co-treatment of the cancer treatment. 如請求項17之供使用的組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑以對該癌症治療協同治療有效的量提供。The combination as claimed in claim 17, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in an amount effective for synergistic treatment of the cancer treatment. 如請求項17之供使用的組合,其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑以實現該癌症治療中各化合物的所需劑量減少的協同有效量提供,同時提供有效的癌症治療,以及最終降低副作用。The combination for use as claimed in claim 17, wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in a synergistically effective amount to achieve the required dose reduction of each compound in the cancer treatment, while providing effective cancer treatment, and ultimately Reduce side effects. 如請求項17至20中任一項之供使用的組合,其中該癌症係白血病。The combination for use of any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the cancer is leukemia. 如請求項21之供使用的組合,其中該白血病係急性骨髓白血病、T-ALL或B-ALL。A combination as claimed in claim 21, wherein the leukemia is acute myeloid leukemia, T-ALL or B-ALL. 如請求項17至20中任一項之供使用的組合,其中該癌症係骨髓發育不良症候群或骨髓增生疾病。The combination for use according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the cancer is a myelodysplastic syndrome or a myeloproliferative disease. 如請求項17至20中任一項之供使用的組合,其中該癌症係淋巴瘤。The combination for use of any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the cancer is lymphoma. 如請求項24之供使用的組合,其中該淋巴瘤係非霍奇金淋巴瘤(non-Hodgkin lymphoma)。A combination as claimed in claim 24, wherein the lymphoma is a non-Hodgkin lymphoma. 如請求項25之供使用的組合,其中該非霍奇金淋巴瘤係彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤或套細胞淋巴瘤(mantle-cell lymphoma)。The combination as claimed in claim 25, wherein the non-Hodgkin's lymphoma is a diffuse large B-cell lymphoma or a mantle-cell lymphoma. 如請求項17至20中任一項之供使用的組合,其中該癌症係多發性骨髓瘤。The combination according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the cancer is multiple myeloma. 如請求項17至20中任一項之供使用的組合,其中該癌症係神經母細胞瘤。The combination for use of any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the cancer is a neuroblastoma. 如請求項17至20中任一項之供使用的組合,其中該癌症係小細胞肺癌。The combination for use according to any one of claims 17 to 20, wherein the cancer is small cell lung cancer. 如請求項1至16中任一項之組合,其進一步包含一或多種賦形劑。The combination of any one of claims 1 to 16, further comprising one or more excipients. 一種如請求項1至16中任一項之組合在製造用於治療癌症之藥物中的用途。Use of a combination according to any one of claims 1 to 16 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of cancer. 如請求項31之用途,其中該癌症係白血病。The use according to claim 31, wherein the cancer is leukemia. 如請求項32之用途,其中該白血病係急性骨髓白血病、T-ALL或B-ALL。The use according to claim 32, wherein the leukemia is acute myeloid leukemia, T-ALL or B-ALL. 如請求項31之用途,其中該癌症係骨髓發育不良症候群或骨髓增生疾病。The use according to claim 31, wherein the cancer is a myelodysplastic syndrome or a myeloproliferative disease. 如請求項31之用途,其中該癌症係淋巴瘤。The use according to claim 31, wherein the cancer is lymphoma. 如請求項35之用途,其中該淋巴瘤係非霍奇金淋巴瘤。The use according to claim 35, wherein the lymphoma is a non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. 如請求項36之用途,其中該非霍奇金淋巴瘤係彌漫性大B細胞淋巴瘤或套細胞淋巴瘤。The use according to claim 36, wherein the non-Hodgkin's lymphoma is diffuse large B-cell lymphoma or mantle cell lymphoma. 如請求項31之用途,其中該癌症係多發性骨髓瘤。The use according to claim 31, wherein the cancer is multiple myeloma. 如請求項31之用途,其中該癌症係神經母細胞瘤。The use according to claim 31, wherein the cancer is a neuroblastoma. 如請求項31之用途,其中該癌症係小細胞肺癌。The use according to claim 31, wherein the cancer is small cell lung cancer. 一種藥物,其分開地或共同含有, (a)如請求項1所定義之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) MCL1抑制劑, 用於同時、依序或分開投與,且其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑以有效量提供以用於治療癌症。A drug which contains, separately or together, (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as defined in claim 1, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration, And wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in an effective amount for treating cancer. 一種藥物,其分開地或共同含有: (a) BCL-2抑制劑,及 (b) 如請求項2所定義之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑, 用於同時、依序或分開投與,且其中該BCL-2抑制劑及該MCL1抑制劑以有效量提供以用於治療癌症。A medicament separately or collectively comprising: (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as defined in claim 2, for simultaneous, sequential or separate administration, And wherein the BCL-2 inhibitor and the MCL1 inhibitor are provided in an effective amount for treating cancer. 一種治療癌症之方法,其包含向需要其之個體投與共同治療有效量之(a)如請求項1中所定義之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及(b) MCL1抑制劑。A method for treating cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a co-therapeutic effective amount of (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as defined in claim 1, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor. 一種治療癌症之方法,其包含向需要其之個體投與共同治療有效量之(a) BCL-2抑制劑,及(b)如請求項2中所定義之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑。A method for treating cancer comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a (a) BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as defined in claim 2 in a co-therapeutic effective amount. 一種用於使(i)難以用至少一種化學療法治療或(ii)用化學療法治療之後復發,或(i)及(ii)兩者的患者敏感的方法,其中該方法包含向該患者投與共同治療有效量之(a)如請求項1中所定義之式(I)的BCL-2抑制劑,及(b) MCL1抑制劑。A method for sensitizing a patient who is (i) difficult to treat with at least one chemotherapy or (ii) relapses after treatment with chemotherapy, or (i) and (ii), wherein the method comprises administering to the patient A co-therapeutic effective amount of (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor of formula (I) as defined in claim 1, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor. 一種用於使(i)難以用至少一種化學療法治療或(ii)用化學療法治療之後復發,或(i)及(ii)兩者的患者敏感的方法,其中該方法包含向該患者投與共同治療有效量之(a) BCL-2抑制劑,及(b)如請求項2中所定義之式(II)的MCL1抑制劑。A method for sensitizing a patient who is (i) difficult to treat with at least one chemotherapy or (ii) relapses after treatment with chemotherapy, or (i) and (ii), wherein the method comprises administering to the patient A co-therapeutic effective amount of (a) a BCL-2 inhibitor, and (b) an MCL1 inhibitor of formula (II) as defined in claim 2.
TW106124599A 2016-07-22 2017-07-21 Combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof TWI759316B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (10)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
??16180918.1 2016-07-22
EP16180918 2016-07-22
EP16180918.1 2016-07-22
EP16306420.7 2016-10-28
??16306420.7 2016-10-28
EP16306420 2016-10-28
US201762464554P 2017-02-28 2017-02-28
US62/464,554 2017-02-28
US201762517252P 2017-06-09 2017-06-09
US62/517,252 2017-06-09

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201806600A true TW201806600A (en) 2018-03-01
TWI759316B TWI759316B (en) 2022-04-01

Family

ID=60993151

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW106124599A TWI759316B (en) 2016-07-22 2017-07-21 Combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof

Country Status (4)

Country Link
AU (1) AU2017300738A1 (en)
TW (1) TWI759316B (en)
UY (1) UY37342A (en)
WO (1) WO2018015526A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10676485B2 (en) 2017-08-15 2020-06-09 Abbvie Inc. Macrocyclic MCL-1 inhibitors and methods of use
UY38431A (en) * 2018-10-31 2020-05-29 Servier Lab CYCLODEXTRIN-BASED FORMULATION OF A BCL-2 INHIBITOR
BR112023001307A2 (en) * 2020-07-31 2023-02-14 Servier Lab COMBINATION OF BCL-2 INHIBITOR AND HYPOMETHYLANT AGENT FOR CANCER TREATMENT, USES AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THEREOF
WO2022090443A1 (en) 2020-10-30 2022-05-05 Les Laboratoires Servier Administration and dose regimen for a combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl1 inhibitor
KR20240019330A (en) 2021-06-11 2024-02-14 길리애드 사이언시즈, 인코포레이티드 Combination of MCL-1 inhibitor and antibody drug conjugate
CA3222269A1 (en) 2021-06-11 2022-12-15 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Combination mcl-1 inhibitors with anti-cancer agents
JP2025517435A (en) 2022-05-20 2025-06-05 ノバルティス アーゲー Antibody-drug conjugates of anti-neoplastic compounds and methods of use thereof
TW202540186A (en) 2023-11-22 2025-10-16 瑞士商諾華公司 Anti-cd7 antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use thereof
TW202540185A (en) 2023-11-22 2025-10-16 法商施維雅藥廠 Anti-cd74 antibody-drug conjugates and methods of use thereof

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2986002B1 (en) 2012-01-24 2014-02-21 Servier Lab NOVEL INDOLIZINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR3008976A1 (en) 2013-07-23 2015-01-30 Servier Lab "NOVEL INDOLIZINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM"
FR3008975A1 (en) 2013-07-23 2015-01-30 Servier Lab NOVEL PYRROLE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR3008979B1 (en) 2013-07-23 2015-07-24 Servier Lab NOVEL PHOSPHATE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR3015483B1 (en) * 2013-12-23 2016-01-01 Servier Lab NOVEL THIENOPYRIMIDINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
JO3474B1 (en) 2014-08-29 2020-07-05 Amgen Inc Tetrahydronaphthalene derivatives that inhibit mcl-1 protein
FR3037956B1 (en) 2015-06-23 2017-08-04 Servier Lab NOVEL AMINO ACID DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
FR3037957B1 (en) 2015-06-23 2019-01-25 Les Laboratoires Servier NOVEL HYDROXYESTER DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME
FR3037958B1 (en) 2015-06-23 2019-01-25 Les Laboratoires Servier NOVEL HYDROXY ACID DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
FR3037959B1 (en) 2015-06-23 2017-08-04 Servier Lab NOVEL BICYCLIC DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
AU2017300738A1 (en) 2019-02-07
TWI759316B (en) 2022-04-01
WO2018015526A1 (en) 2018-01-25
UY37342A (en) 2018-01-31

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI759316B (en) Combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
AU2023202746A1 (en) Combination of a BCL-2 inhibitor and a MCL-1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
TWI849001B (en) Combination of a mcl-1 inhibitor and midostaurin, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
TWI753178B (en) Combination of a mcl-1 inhibitor and a standard of care treatment for hematologic cancers, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
HK40007956A (en) Combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl-1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
CN110721188B (en) A pharmaceutical composition for treating leukemia
CA3119395C (en) Combination of a mcl-1 inhibitor and midostaurin, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
NZ789582A (en) Combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl-1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
EA039621B1 (en) Combination of a bcl-2 inhibitor and a mcl1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof
EP4085908A1 (en) Pharmaceutical combination for treating tumors and application thereof
OA19180A (en) Combination of A BCL-2 inhibitor and A MCL1 inhibitor, uses and pharmaceutical compositions thereof.
JP2020176145A (en) Combination treatment for hematological cancers
MX2008000894A (en) Compositions for treatment of systemic mastocytosis

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees